1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17876 15555))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17905 55681))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table
) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17851 44469))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log" t
)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log" t
)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log" t
)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17842 54152))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice" t
)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice" t
)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice
) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice
) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate
) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17842 58280))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
494 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17892 52945))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x
(quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
))) (stringp x
)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote integerp
))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x
(quote (nil t text force
))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
(quote (: * + -
)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
800 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
804 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
808 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
811 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
812 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
814 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
818 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
820 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
822 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
823 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
825 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826 setup for auto-startup.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17905 9579))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
836 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
838 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
839 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
843 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
845 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
847 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
854 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17842 55395))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
858 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
859 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864 in the current window.
866 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
868 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
869 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
872 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
874 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
875 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
878 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
882 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17842 58280))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
887 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
891 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
892 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
894 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
899 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
902 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
908 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17833 42928))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
912 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
913 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
919 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
924 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
927 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
931 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
932 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
937 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
938 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
945 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17842 53792))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
951 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
952 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt" t
)
958 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
959 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt" t
)
963 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
964 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
966 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt" t
)
968 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
969 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
972 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt" t
)
974 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
975 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
978 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt" t
)
980 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
981 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
984 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt" t
)
986 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
987 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
990 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt" t
)
992 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
993 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
996 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt" t
)
998 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
999 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1002 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
1004 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
1005 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1009 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
1010 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1014 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1017 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1020 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1025 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
1026 Toggle checking of appointments.
1027 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17842 58280))
1037 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1039 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern
) "apropos" "\
1040 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1044 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045 kind of objects to search.
1047 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1049 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
1050 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1061 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
1063 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
1064 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 noninteractive functions.
1073 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1076 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1079 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1081 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
1082 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1084 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1086 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
1087 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1091 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1093 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1094 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1096 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1099 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1101 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1103 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
1104 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1116 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
1117 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1126 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17842
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1136 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
1137 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1147 \\{archive-mode-map}
1149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17842 58280))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1156 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
1157 Major mode for editing arrays.
1159 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1160 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1161 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1163 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1165 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1169 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1172 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1175 Variables you assign:
1176 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1177 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1178 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1180 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181 row numbers in the buffer.
1183 Variables which are calculated:
1184 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1187 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188 take a numeric prefix argument):
1190 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1191 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1192 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1193 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1195 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1200 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1203 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1205 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206 between that of point and mark.
1208 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1209 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1211 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1212 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1213 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214 newlines inside rows)
1216 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1218 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1224 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17842
1226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1228 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1229 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1233 How to quit artist mode
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1238 How to submit a bug report
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1243 Drawing with the mouse:
1246 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1251 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1254 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1288 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1294 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296 overwrite means the opposite.
1298 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1302 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1304 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1307 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309 are currently drawing something.
1311 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1315 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1321 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1323 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1325 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1327 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1329 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1332 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1338 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342 When pasting: Pastes
1344 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359 of the line/poly-line
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362 of the line/poly-line
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1396 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1426 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17842
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1434 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1435 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1438 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1440 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1443 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1446 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1449 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1462 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1463 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1464 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1466 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1468 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1469 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1470 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1471 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1472 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1473 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1474 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1475 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1476 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1477 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1480 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1481 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1482 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1483 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1484 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1486 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1490 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1491 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1497 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1499 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1500 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1501 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1502 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1503 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1504 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1506 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1512 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1516 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1517 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1524 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17842 58280))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1527 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1528 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1529 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1533 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1534 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1535 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1536 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1538 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1540 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1541 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1542 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1545 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1547 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" nil
)
1549 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1550 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1551 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1552 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1554 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1555 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1562 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (17860 50557))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1566 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1567 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1568 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1569 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1570 save the buffer too.
1572 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1574 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1576 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1577 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1578 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1579 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1580 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1581 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1583 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1584 directory or directories specified.
1586 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1588 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1589 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1590 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1597 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1598 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17916 20866))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1601 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1602 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1604 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1605 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1606 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1607 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1608 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1612 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1613 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1615 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1616 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1620 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1621 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1622 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1624 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1625 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1626 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1627 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1628 reflected in the current buffer.
1630 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1631 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1632 writing before you save the file!
1634 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1638 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1639 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1641 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1642 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1646 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1647 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1648 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1651 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1653 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" nil
)
1655 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1656 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1658 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1659 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1660 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1666 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1667 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17842 58280))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1670 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1671 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1672 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1674 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1676 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" nil
)
1678 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1679 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1680 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1681 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1683 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1684 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1685 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1687 Effects of the different modes:
1688 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1689 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1690 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1691 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1692 a random distance & direction.
1693 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1694 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1695 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1697 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1699 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1700 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1701 definition of \"random distance\".)
1703 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1707 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1708 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
1709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1711 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1712 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1714 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1715 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1719 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1720 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1721 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1722 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1724 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1726 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1728 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1732 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1733 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1734 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1735 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1737 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1738 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1739 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1740 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1744 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1745 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1746 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1749 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1751 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" nil
)
1753 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1754 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1755 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1756 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1764 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1765 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17842 54152))
1766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1768 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1769 Time execution of FORMS.
1770 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1771 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1773 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1774 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1775 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1777 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1779 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1780 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1781 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1782 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1783 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1785 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1787 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1788 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1789 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1790 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1791 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1793 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1797 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17843
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1801 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1802 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1804 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1806 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1807 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1808 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1809 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1811 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1812 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1813 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1814 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1815 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1817 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1818 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1821 Special information:
1823 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1825 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1826 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1827 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1828 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1829 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1830 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1831 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1833 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1834 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1835 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1837 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1838 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1839 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1840 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1841 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1842 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1843 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1844 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1846 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1848 ----------------------------------------------------------
1849 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1850 if that value is non-nil.
1858 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1859 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1860 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
1861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1863 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1865 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1866 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1867 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1869 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1871 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1872 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1874 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1876 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1877 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1879 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1883 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17842
1885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1887 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1889 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1893 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1894 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1895 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1896 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1897 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1902 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1903 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1906 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1909 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1910 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1912 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1913 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1915 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1916 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1917 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1918 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1919 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1920 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1924 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1926 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1927 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1928 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1929 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1931 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1932 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1933 denoted by the letter `R'.
1935 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1936 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1937 denoted by the letter `H'.
1939 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1942 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1943 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1944 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1945 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1946 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1947 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1950 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1951 degree deflection it causes.
1954 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1956 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1957 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1961 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1964 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1965 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1978 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1979 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1980 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1981 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1982 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1983 emerging from the box.
1985 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1992 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2003 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2004 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2005 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2006 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17842 58280))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2008 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
2009 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
2010 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2012 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
2013 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2014 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2015 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2016 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2017 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2018 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
2020 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
2021 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
2026 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
2028 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
2030 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
2032 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
2033 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2034 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2035 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2036 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2037 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2038 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2039 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2042 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2043 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2044 yank successive words.
2046 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2047 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2048 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2049 name of the file being visited.
2051 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2052 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2053 the list of bookmarks.)
2055 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2057 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
2058 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2059 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2061 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2064 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2065 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2066 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2067 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2069 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2071 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
2072 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2073 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2074 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2075 after a bookmark was set in it.
2077 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
2080 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2081 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2082 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2084 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2086 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
2088 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
2089 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2090 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2091 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2093 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2094 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2095 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2097 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2098 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2101 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2103 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
2104 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2105 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2106 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2107 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2110 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2112 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
2113 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2114 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2115 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2116 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2117 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2118 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2119 probably because we were called from there.
2121 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2123 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
2124 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2125 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2129 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
2130 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2131 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2132 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2135 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2136 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2137 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2138 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2139 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2141 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2142 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2143 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'.
2146 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2148 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
2149 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2150 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2151 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2152 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2155 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2156 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2157 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2158 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2159 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2162 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2163 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2164 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2165 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2167 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2169 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2170 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2171 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2172 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2173 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2177 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2179 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2181 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2183 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2187 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2193 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2194 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2195 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2196 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17842 55218))
2197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2199 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2200 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2201 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2202 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2204 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2205 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2206 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2207 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2208 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2210 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2212 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2213 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2215 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2217 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2218 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2220 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2222 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2229 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2230 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2231 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2232 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2234 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2238 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2239 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2244 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2245 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2252 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2254 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2255 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2256 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2257 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2259 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2263 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2264 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2268 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2269 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2270 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2271 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2272 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2278 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point.
2281 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2282 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2283 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2284 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2287 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2289 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2290 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2291 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2293 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2295 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2297 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2298 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2300 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2301 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2302 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2303 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2309 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2310 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2312 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2314 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2315 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2316 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2317 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2319 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2320 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2321 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2322 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2325 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2326 new tab in an existing window instead.
2328 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2329 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2331 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2333 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2334 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2335 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2336 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2339 When called interactively, if variable
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2341 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2342 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2343 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2350 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2353 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2354 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2356 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2357 URL in a new window.
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2364 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2368 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2369 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2372 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2373 new tab in an existing window instead.
2375 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2376 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2380 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2382 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2383 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2386 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2387 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2388 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2400 program is invoked according to the variable
2401 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2405 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2416 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2420 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point.
2424 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2425 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2426 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2428 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2429 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2430 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2431 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Default to the URL around or before point.
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2444 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2445 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2446 Default to the URL around or before point.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2450 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2459 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2460 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2475 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2477 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2478 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2479 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2480 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2494 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2495 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2496 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2497 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2502 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2503 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2513 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2514 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2515 don't offer a form of remote control.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17842
2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2531 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2532 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2536 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2537 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2544 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17842 58280))
2545 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2547 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2548 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2549 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2550 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2554 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2555 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2556 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2557 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2561 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2562 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2566 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2567 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2569 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2570 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2571 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2572 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2574 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2575 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2576 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2577 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2578 name of buffer configuration.
2584 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2585 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17842
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2589 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap used by buttons.")
2592 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2593 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2594 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2596 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2597 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2598 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2599 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2600 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2601 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2603 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2604 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2605 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2606 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2608 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2610 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2611 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2612 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2613 specifying properties to add to the button.
2614 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2615 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2616 `define-button-type'.
2618 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2620 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2623 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2630 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2632 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2634 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2635 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2642 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2643 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2644 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2647 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2649 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2651 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2652 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2653 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2654 specifying properties to add to the button.
2655 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2656 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2657 `define-button-type'.
2659 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2660 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2661 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2662 `insert-text-button'.
2664 Also see `make-text-button'.
2666 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2670 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2671 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2672 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2673 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2674 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17908 29081))
2675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2676 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2677 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2678 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2680 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2685 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2686 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2687 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2689 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2691 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2692 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2693 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2694 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2696 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2697 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2698 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2699 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2700 whether to compile it.
2702 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2704 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2705 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2707 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2708 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2710 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2711 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2712 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2713 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2714 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2715 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2717 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2719 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2720 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2721 Print the result in the echo area.
2722 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2726 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2727 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2728 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2730 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2732 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2733 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2734 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2735 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2736 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2737 all functions called by those functions.
2739 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2740 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2743 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2744 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2745 invoked interactively.
2747 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2749 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2750 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2751 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2752 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2756 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2757 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2758 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2759 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2760 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2761 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2762 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2765 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2769 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2770 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2772 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2773 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2774 and corresponding effects.
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17916 10823))
2781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2783 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2785 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2789 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2790 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2793 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2794 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2795 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2796 from the cursor position.
2798 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2802 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2803 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2804 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2805 ;;;;;; (17919 4936))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2808 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2809 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2811 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2812 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2814 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2815 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2819 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2820 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2822 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2827 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2834 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2835 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2836 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2837 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2839 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2841 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2842 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2843 This is most useful in the X window system.
2844 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2845 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2847 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2849 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2850 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2851 See calc-keypad for details.
2853 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2856 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2861 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2863 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2866 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2868 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2870 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2871 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2872 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2874 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2879 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17870
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2887 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2888 Run the Emacs calculator.
2889 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2895 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2896 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2897 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2898 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2899 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2900 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2901 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2902 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2903 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2904 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2905 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2906 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2907 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2910 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2911 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2912 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17916 10881))
2913 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2915 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2916 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2917 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2918 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2921 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2923 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2924 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2925 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2926 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2927 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2928 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2930 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2932 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2933 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2934 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2936 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2938 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2939 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2940 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2942 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2944 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2945 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2946 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2949 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2951 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2952 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2953 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2955 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2957 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2958 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2959 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2961 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2963 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2965 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2966 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2967 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2969 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2972 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2974 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2975 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2976 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2978 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2981 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2983 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2984 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2985 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2987 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2990 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2992 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2993 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2994 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2996 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2998 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2999 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3000 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3001 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3002 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3004 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3006 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3007 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3008 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3009 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3010 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3011 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3012 a function is also provided for this:
3013 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3015 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3016 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3017 date is not visible in the window.
3019 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3020 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3021 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3023 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3025 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3026 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3028 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3029 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3030 date is visible in the window.
3032 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3033 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3034 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3036 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3038 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3039 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3043 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3045 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3047 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3049 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3050 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3052 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3053 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3061 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3062 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3063 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3064 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3065 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3066 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3067 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3068 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3069 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3070 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3071 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3072 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3075 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3076 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3077 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3078 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3086 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3087 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3089 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3090 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3091 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3092 window but will appear in a diary window.
3094 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3095 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3097 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3098 entries (in the default American style):
3100 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3101 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3102 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3104 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3105 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3106 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3107 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3108 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3109 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3110 &* 15 time cards due.
3112 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3113 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3114 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3118 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3119 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3120 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3121 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3122 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3123 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3125 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3126 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3127 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3129 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3131 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3133 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3134 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3135 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3136 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3137 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3138 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3139 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3140 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3141 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3142 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3145 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3146 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3147 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3148 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3149 documentation for these functions for details.
3151 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3152 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3156 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3157 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3159 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3161 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3164 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3166 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3169 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3172 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3174 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3177 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3178 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3180 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3182 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3183 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3184 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3186 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3188 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3189 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3190 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3191 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3194 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3196 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3197 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3198 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3199 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3208 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3209 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3210 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3213 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3214 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3215 `american-calendar'.")
3217 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3219 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3220 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3221 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3223 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3225 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3226 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3227 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3229 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3231 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3232 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3233 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3235 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3237 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3238 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3239 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3241 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3243 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3244 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3245 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3246 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3247 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3248 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3250 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3252 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3253 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3254 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3256 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3257 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3258 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3261 #include \"filename\"
3263 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3264 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3265 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3266 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3267 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3269 For example, you could use
3271 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3272 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3273 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3275 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3276 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3277 lexicographic order.")
3279 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3281 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3282 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3283 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3285 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3287 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3288 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3289 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3292 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3293 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3294 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3295 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3296 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3297 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3298 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3300 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3301 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3302 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3303 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3304 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3305 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3306 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3307 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3309 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3311 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3312 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3313 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3314 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3315 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3316 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3317 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3319 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3321 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3322 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3324 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3325 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3326 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3328 #include \"filename\"
3329 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3330 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3331 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3332 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3333 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3335 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3337 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3339 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3340 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3341 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3342 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3343 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3345 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3347 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3348 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3349 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3352 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3354 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3355 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3356 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3357 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3358 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3360 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3362 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3364 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3365 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3366 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3368 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3370 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3372 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3374 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3376 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3378 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3380 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3384 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3389 User defined holidays.
3390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3392 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3394 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3396 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3398 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3402 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3404 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3406 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3408 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3410 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3412 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3414 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3416 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3418 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3420 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3422 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3424 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3426 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3428 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3432 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3434 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3436 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3440 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3442 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3444 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3445 Sun-related holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3448 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3450 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3452 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3453 The frame setup of the calendar.
3454 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3455 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3456 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3457 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3458 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3460 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3462 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3463 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3464 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3466 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3467 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3471 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3472 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3473 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3475 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3476 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3477 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3478 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3480 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3484 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3485 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17842 54741))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3489 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3491 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3493 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3494 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3495 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17842
3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3505 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3509 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3510 ;;;;;; (17904 34206))
3511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3513 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3514 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3521 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3522 ;;;;;; (17905 59795))
3523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3525 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3526 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3527 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3528 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3529 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3530 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3531 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3533 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3535 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3536 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3542 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3544 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3545 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3546 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3547 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3548 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3549 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3551 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3553 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3554 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3561 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3562 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3564 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3565 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3566 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3567 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3568 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3569 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3572 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3574 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3575 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3582 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3583 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3586 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3587 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3588 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3589 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3590 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3591 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3596 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3597 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3604 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3605 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3608 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3609 Major mode for editing Java code.
3610 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3611 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3612 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3613 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3616 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3618 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3619 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3626 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3627 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3628 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3630 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3631 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3632 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3633 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3634 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3635 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3638 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3640 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3641 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3648 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3649 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3651 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3653 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3654 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3655 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3656 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3657 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3658 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3661 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3663 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3664 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3670 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3671 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3672 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3673 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3674 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3675 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3680 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17842 56333))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3683 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3684 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3685 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3686 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3688 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3690 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3691 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3694 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3695 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3696 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3697 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3700 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3701 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3702 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3703 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3706 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3708 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3709 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3710 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3711 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3713 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3715 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3716 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3717 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3719 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3721 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3722 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3723 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3724 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3725 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3727 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17842
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3734 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17854 7681))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3740 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3741 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3742 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3746 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3747 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3748 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3752 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3754 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3756 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3757 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3759 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3761 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3762 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3764 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3765 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3766 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3767 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3770 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3772 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3774 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3775 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3777 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3778 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3782 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3783 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3784 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3785 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3786 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3789 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3790 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3791 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3792 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3794 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3795 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3798 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3800 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3802 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3805 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3806 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3808 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3809 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3810 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3813 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3815 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3816 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3817 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3819 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3821 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3823 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3824 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3826 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3830 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3832 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3834 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3835 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3838 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3839 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3842 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3844 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3845 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3846 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3847 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3848 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3849 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3850 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3851 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3852 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3853 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3854 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3855 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3856 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3857 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3858 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3859 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3862 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3863 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3865 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3866 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3868 | (write EXPRESSION)
3869 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3870 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3873 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3876 ;; Same as: (write string)
3878 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3879 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3880 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3883 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3884 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3885 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3886 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3887 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3888 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3890 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3891 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3893 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3896 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3897 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3898 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3900 ARG := REG | integer
3903 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3906 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3909 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3912 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3913 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3921 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3922 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3923 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3926 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3927 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3929 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3930 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3931 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3934 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3935 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3938 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3939 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3941 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3944 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3948 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3949 ;; Same meaning as C code
3950 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3952 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3957 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3958 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3961 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3962 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3966 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3970 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3971 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3972 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3974 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3975 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3976 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3978 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3979 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3980 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3981 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3982 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3985 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3987 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3988 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3989 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3990 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3991 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3992 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3994 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3996 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3997 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3998 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4000 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4002 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4007 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4010 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4011 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4012 There are no special keybindings by default.
4014 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4015 to the action header.
4021 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4024 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4025 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4026 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4027 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4028 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4029 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4032 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4033 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4034 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4035 the users will view as each check is completed.
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4041 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4042 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4043 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4044 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4045 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4046 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4048 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4063 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4064 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4065 spacing are all verified.
4069 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4070 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4071 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4072 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4073 otherwise stop after the first error.
4075 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4077 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4078 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4079 Only documentation strings are checked.
4080 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4081 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4084 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4086 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4087 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4089 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4090 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4092 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4094 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4095 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4096 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4097 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4100 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4104 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4105 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4107 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4109 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4111 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4112 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4113 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4119 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4120 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4121 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4125 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4126 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4127 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4128 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4129 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4130 space at the end of each line.
4132 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4134 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4135 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4136 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4137 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4139 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4141 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4142 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4143 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4144 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4146 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4148 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4149 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4150 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4151 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4153 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4155 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4156 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4157 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4158 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4160 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4162 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4163 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4164 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4165 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4167 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4169 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4170 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4171 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4172 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4174 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4176 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4177 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4178 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4179 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4181 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4183 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4184 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4185 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4186 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4188 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4190 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4191 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4192 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4193 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4195 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4197 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4198 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4199 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4201 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4202 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4203 checking of documentation strings.
4205 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4212 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17842
4214 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4216 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4217 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4218 Return the length of resulting text.
4220 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4222 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4223 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4227 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4233 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4241 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17842 58280))
4242 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4244 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4245 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4246 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4247 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4248 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4249 editing and the result is evaluated.
4251 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4253 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4254 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4255 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4256 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4257 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4259 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4263 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4264 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4265 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4266 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4267 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4269 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4270 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4271 \\{command-history-map}
4273 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4274 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17842 54152))
4281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4283 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4284 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4285 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4286 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4287 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4288 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4290 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4291 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4295 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4296 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4299 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4302 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4310 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4311 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4312 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4313 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4315 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4316 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4317 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4318 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4320 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4321 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4323 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4327 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17842
4329 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4331 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4332 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4333 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4334 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4335 of `scheme-program-name').
4336 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4337 it is given as initial input.
4338 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4339 discards input when it starts up.
4340 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4342 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4345 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4349 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4350 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4353 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4354 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4355 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4356 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4357 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4359 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4361 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4410 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4411 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17842 54888))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4414 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4415 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4416 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4419 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4420 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4421 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4422 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4424 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4426 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4427 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4428 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4430 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4432 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4433 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4434 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4436 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4438 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4439 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4440 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4442 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4444 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4445 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4447 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4448 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4449 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4451 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4452 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4456 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4457 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4459 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4460 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4461 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4463 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4468 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4469 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4470 ;;;;;; (17916 11954))
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4473 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4474 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4475 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4476 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4477 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4478 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4479 functions have already modified the buffer.
4481 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4483 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4484 either globally or locally.")
4486 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4488 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4489 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4490 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4491 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4492 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4493 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4494 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4495 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4497 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4499 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4501 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4502 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4503 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4504 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4505 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4506 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4507 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4508 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4510 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4512 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4514 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4515 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4516 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4517 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4518 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4519 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4521 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4523 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4524 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4525 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4526 directory tracking functions.")
4528 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4529 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4530 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4532 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4534 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4536 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4537 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4538 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4540 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4542 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4544 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to current process.
4546 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4547 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4549 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4551 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4552 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4553 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4554 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4556 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17842
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4564 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4565 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4566 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4567 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4569 This command pushes the mark in each window
4570 at the prior location of point in that window.
4571 If both windows display the same buffer,
4572 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4573 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4575 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4576 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4577 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4578 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4579 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4580 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4581 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4584 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4585 this command work in interlaced mode:
4586 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4587 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4588 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4590 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4595 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4596 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4597 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4598 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17917 19252))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4601 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4602 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4604 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4606 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4607 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4609 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4611 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4612 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4613 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4614 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4615 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4616 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4617 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4619 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4620 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4621 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4622 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4623 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4625 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4626 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4627 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4628 describing how the process finished.")
4630 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4631 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4632 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4633 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4635 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4636 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4637 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4639 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4641 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4642 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4643 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4644 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4646 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4648 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4649 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4651 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4652 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4654 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4656 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4657 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4658 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4659 (concat \"make -k \"
4660 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4662 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4663 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4665 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4666 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4667 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4668 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4670 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4672 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4673 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4674 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4675 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4677 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4678 and move to the source code that caused it.
4680 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4681 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4683 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4684 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4685 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4686 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4688 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4689 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4690 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4691 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4694 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4695 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4696 to a function that generates a unique name.
4698 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4700 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4701 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4702 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4703 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4705 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4706 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4707 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4708 to determine the buffer name.
4710 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4711 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4712 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4714 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4716 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4718 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4719 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4720 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4721 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4722 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4724 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4726 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4728 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4730 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4731 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4732 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4733 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4734 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4735 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4736 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4740 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4741 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4742 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4743 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4744 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4745 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4749 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4750 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4751 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4753 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4755 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4759 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4760 ;;;;;; (17906 28255))
4761 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4763 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4764 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4765 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4768 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4770 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4772 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4773 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4774 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4776 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4777 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4778 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4779 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4781 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4782 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4783 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4784 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4786 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4787 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4788 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4789 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4791 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4792 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4793 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4794 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4795 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4802 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
4803 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4805 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4806 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4807 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4809 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4810 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4812 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4814 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4815 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4821 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4822 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4823 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4824 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17842 58280))
4825 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4827 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4828 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4829 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4830 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4833 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4835 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4836 | | 1:tc or top-center
4837 | | 2:tr or top-right
4838 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4839 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4840 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4841 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4842 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4843 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4845 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4846 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4847 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4848 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4851 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4852 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4853 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4855 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4859 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4863 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4866 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4867 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4868 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4869 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4871 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4873 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4874 Compose characters in the current region.
4876 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4877 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4879 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4881 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4882 specifying the region.
4884 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4885 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4886 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4888 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4889 of the text in the region.
4891 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4893 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4894 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4895 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4896 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4898 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4899 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4902 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4903 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4904 text in the composition.
4906 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4908 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4909 Decompose text in the current region.
4911 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4912 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4914 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4916 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4917 Compose characters in string STRING.
4919 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4920 the characters in it.
4922 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4923 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4924 STRING respectively.
4926 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4927 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4928 `compose-region' for more detail.
4930 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4931 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4932 text in the composition.
4934 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4936 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4937 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4939 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4941 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4942 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4943 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4944 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4945 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4946 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4947 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4948 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4950 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4952 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4953 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4955 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4956 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4958 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4959 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4961 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4962 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4964 If no composition is found, return nil.
4966 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4967 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4969 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4970 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4971 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4973 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4975 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4977 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4978 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4979 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4981 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4983 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4985 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4987 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4988 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4990 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4991 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4992 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4993 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4994 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4995 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4996 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4999 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5001 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5002 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5004 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5006 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5007 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5009 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5011 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5013 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5014 Compose last characters.
5015 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5016 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5017 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5018 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5019 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5020 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5021 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5022 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5023 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5024 after a sequence of character events.
5027 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5029 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5030 Convert CHAR to string.
5032 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5033 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5034 vector of CHAR respectively.
5035 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5037 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5039 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5043 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5044 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5045 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5046 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
5047 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5049 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5050 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5051 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5052 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5053 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5054 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5055 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5057 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5058 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5059 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5061 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5062 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5063 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5065 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5066 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5067 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5068 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5070 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5071 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5072 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5073 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5074 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5075 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5076 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5082 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5083 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5084 Comments start with `#'.
5085 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5087 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5097 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5098 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5099 Comments start with `;'.
5100 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5102 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5104 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5105 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5106 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5108 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5109 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5113 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5114 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5115 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5116 between `/*' and `*/'.
5117 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5119 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5120 // another kind of comment
5132 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5133 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5134 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5135 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5136 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5137 `conf-space-keywords'.
5138 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5139 in an interactive fashion instead.
5141 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5143 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5145 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5149 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5151 # Standard multimedia devices
5152 add /dev/audio desktop
5153 add /dev/mixer desktop
5157 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5158 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5159 See `conf-space-mode'.
5161 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5163 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5164 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5165 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5166 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5168 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5170 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5171 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5175 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5176 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5177 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5178 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5180 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5182 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5183 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5187 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5188 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5189 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5190 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5192 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5201 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5202 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17842 55395))
5203 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5205 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5206 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5207 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5208 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5210 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5212 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5213 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5214 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5215 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5217 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5219 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5220 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5221 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5222 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5224 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5226 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5227 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5229 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5233 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5234 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17842 54152))
5235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5237 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5238 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5239 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5240 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5241 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5242 following the copyright are updated as well.
5243 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5246 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5248 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5249 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5250 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5254 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5255 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5257 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5261 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5262 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17899 1957))
5263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5265 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5266 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5267 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5268 Tab indents for Perl code.
5269 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5270 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5272 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5273 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5274 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5275 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5276 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5277 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5278 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5279 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5280 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5281 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5282 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5283 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5285 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5287 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5288 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5290 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5292 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5293 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5294 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5295 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5296 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5297 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5298 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5299 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5300 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5302 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5306 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5307 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5308 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5311 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5312 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5313 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5315 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5317 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5318 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5319 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5320 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5321 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5323 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5333 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5334 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5335 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5336 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5337 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5338 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5339 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5340 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5341 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5342 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5343 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5344 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5345 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5347 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5348 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5349 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5350 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5351 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5352 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5354 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5355 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5358 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5359 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5360 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5361 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5362 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5364 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5365 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5366 span the needed amount of lines.
5368 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5369 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5370 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5371 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5373 Variables controlling indentation style:
5374 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5375 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5376 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5377 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5378 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5379 `cperl-auto-newline'
5380 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5381 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5382 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5383 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5384 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5385 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5386 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5387 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5388 `cperl-indent-level'
5389 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5390 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5391 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5392 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5393 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5394 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5395 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5396 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5397 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5398 `cperl-brace-offset'
5399 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5400 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5401 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5402 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5403 `cperl-label-offset'
5404 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5405 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5406 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5408 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5409 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5410 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5411 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5412 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5413 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5415 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5416 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5417 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5418 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5420 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5421 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5422 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5423 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5424 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5425 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5427 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5428 column 0 is indented on
5429 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5431 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5434 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5435 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5436 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5440 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5441 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5445 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5446 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5452 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5453 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
5454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5456 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5457 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5458 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5459 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5460 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5464 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5465 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5471 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5472 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5475 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5476 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5477 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5478 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5481 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5483 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5485 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5486 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5487 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5491 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5495 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5496 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
5497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5499 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5500 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5501 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5502 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5504 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5505 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5506 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5507 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5509 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5510 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5511 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5513 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5514 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5517 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5518 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5519 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5521 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5523 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5524 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5525 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5527 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5531 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5532 ;;;;;; (17888 45995))
5533 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5535 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5536 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5537 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5540 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5542 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5544 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5545 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5546 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5547 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5548 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5550 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5551 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5552 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5553 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5554 function of these prefix keys.
5556 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5557 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5559 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5560 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5561 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5563 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5564 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5565 the prefix fallback behavior.
5567 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5568 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5569 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5570 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5574 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5575 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5578 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5579 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5580 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5581 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5582 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5583 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5584 (if user-init-file (concat
5585 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5586 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5590 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5591 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5592 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5593 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5594 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5595 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5596 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5597 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5598 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5599 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5600 ;;;;;; (17900 13368))
5601 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5603 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5604 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5606 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5608 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5609 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5611 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5613 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5614 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5616 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5617 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5619 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5620 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5622 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5623 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5625 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5626 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5628 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5630 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5632 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5633 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5634 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5636 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5637 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5639 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5640 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5642 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5643 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5645 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5647 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5649 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5650 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5653 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5654 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5656 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5657 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5659 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5660 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5662 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5664 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5666 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5667 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5668 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5669 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5670 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5674 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5675 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5676 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5677 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5681 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5682 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5686 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5687 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5691 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5693 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5694 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5696 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5698 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5700 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5701 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5702 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5704 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5706 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5707 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5708 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5709 as part of Emacs itself.
5711 Each elements looks like this:
5713 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5715 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5716 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5717 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5718 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5719 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5720 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5721 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5724 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5726 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5727 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5728 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5729 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5730 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5732 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5733 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5734 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5735 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5737 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5739 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5740 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5741 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5742 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5743 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5745 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5746 that were added or redefined since that version.
5748 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5750 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5751 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5752 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5753 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5755 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5756 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5758 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5760 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5761 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5762 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5764 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5765 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5767 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5769 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5770 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5774 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5775 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5779 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5780 Customize all already saved user options.
5784 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5785 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5786 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5787 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5788 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5789 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5790 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5791 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5793 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5795 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5796 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5797 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5798 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5800 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5802 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5803 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5805 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5807 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5808 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5810 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5812 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5814 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5815 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5816 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5819 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5821 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5822 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5823 The result includes selecting that window.
5824 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5825 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5826 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5829 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5831 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5832 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5834 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5836 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5837 File used for storing customization information.
5838 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5839 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5840 it should be an absolute file name.
5842 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5843 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5844 something like the following in your init file:
5846 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5849 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5850 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5852 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5853 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5854 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5855 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5856 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5858 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5859 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5860 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5861 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5862 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5863 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5864 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5865 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5866 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5867 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5869 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5871 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5872 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5876 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5877 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5881 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5882 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5883 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5885 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5887 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5888 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5889 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5890 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5891 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5893 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5897 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5898 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17842 58280))
5899 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5901 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5902 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5904 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5906 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5907 Alist of face attributes.
5909 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5910 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5911 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5912 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5913 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5914 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5916 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5917 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5918 customization type TYPE).
5920 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5921 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5922 given face attribute.")
5924 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5925 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5926 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5927 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5929 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5931 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5932 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5933 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5934 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5935 between themes and faces.
5936 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5938 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5939 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5941 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5943 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5944 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5945 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5949 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5951 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5953 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5954 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5955 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5957 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5961 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5963 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5968 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5971 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5972 Create a custom theme.
5978 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5979 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5982 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5983 Mode used for cvs status output.
5989 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5990 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50532))
5991 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5993 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5994 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5996 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5997 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5998 C++ modes are included.
6000 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6004 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6007 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6008 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6012 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6013 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6014 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6015 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6016 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6017 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6019 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6021 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6022 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6023 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6024 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6025 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6031 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6032 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6033 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6036 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6037 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6039 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6041 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6042 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6044 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6046 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6047 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6048 For readability, the table is slightly
6049 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6051 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6052 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6053 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6054 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6055 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6057 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6061 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6062 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
6063 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6064 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6065 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6067 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6068 Completion on current word.
6069 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6070 and presents suggestions for completion.
6072 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6073 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6076 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6077 then it searches *all* buffers.
6079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6081 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6082 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6084 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6085 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6086 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6087 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6088 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6090 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6091 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6093 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6094 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6095 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6097 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6098 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6100 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6106 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17842
6108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6110 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6111 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6113 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6114 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6115 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6117 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6118 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6119 Data lines are not indented.
6124 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6126 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6127 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6128 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6129 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6131 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6134 Extra indentation within blocks.
6136 dcl-continuation-offset
6137 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6140 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6142 dcl-margin-label-offset
6143 Indentation for a label.
6145 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6146 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6148 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6149 dcl-block-end-regexp
6150 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6151 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6152 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6153 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6154 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6156 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6157 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6158 Two such functions are included in the package:
6159 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6160 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6162 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6163 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6164 One such function is included in the package:
6165 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6167 dcl-tab-always-indent
6168 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6169 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6172 dcl-electric-characters
6173 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6176 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6177 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6178 which words trigger electric indentation.
6181 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6182 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6183 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6185 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6186 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6187 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6188 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6190 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6191 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6192 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6193 dcl-imenu-label-call
6194 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6196 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6197 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6198 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6199 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6202 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6204 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6205 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6206 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6208 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6209 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6213 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6214 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6215 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6216 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6217 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6218 \"lined up with the command line\"
6220 Data lines are not indented at all.
6221 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6226 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6227 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6233 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6234 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17842 54152))
6235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6237 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6239 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6240 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6241 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6244 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6245 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6246 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6248 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6250 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6251 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6253 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6255 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6256 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6257 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6258 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6259 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6260 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6262 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6263 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6265 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6267 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6268 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6269 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6270 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6271 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6273 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6277 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6278 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
6279 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6281 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6282 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6286 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6287 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6288 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6289 Upper-case letters are commands.
6291 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6294 The most useful commands are:
6295 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6296 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6297 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6298 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6299 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6300 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6306 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6307 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17842
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6311 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6312 Customization of `columns' group.
6316 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6317 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6319 START and END delimits the text region.
6321 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6323 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6324 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6326 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6328 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6332 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17842
6334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6336 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6337 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6338 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6339 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6340 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6341 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6343 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6347 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6348 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6349 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6350 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6351 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6352 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6353 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6354 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6355 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6356 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6357 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6358 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6360 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6361 Directories to search when finding external units.
6362 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6363 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6367 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6368 Face used to color delphi comments.
6369 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6370 Face used to color delphi strings.
6371 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6372 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6373 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6374 Face used to color everything else.
6376 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6377 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6379 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6383 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17842
6385 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6387 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6389 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6390 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6391 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6393 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6394 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6396 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6398 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6399 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6400 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6403 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6404 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6405 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6412 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6413 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17842 54152))
6414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6416 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6417 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6419 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6421 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6422 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6423 or nil if there is no parent.
6424 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6425 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6426 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6427 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6428 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6430 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6431 arguments are currently understood:
6433 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6434 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6436 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6437 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6439 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6440 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6442 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6444 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6446 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6447 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6448 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6450 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6451 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6453 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6454 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6455 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6457 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6458 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6460 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6461 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6463 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6465 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6467 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6468 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6469 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6470 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6471 the first time the mode is used.
6473 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6477 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6478 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17874 62047))
6479 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6481 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6482 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6483 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6484 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6485 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6488 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6490 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6491 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6492 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6493 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6494 character composition information (if relevant),
6495 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6502 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6503 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6504 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17893 17506))
6505 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6507 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6508 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6509 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6511 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6513 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6514 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6515 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6516 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6517 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6518 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6522 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6523 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6524 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6525 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6527 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6529 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6530 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6531 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6533 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6534 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6535 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6537 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6538 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6540 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6541 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6542 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6544 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6545 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6546 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6547 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6549 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6551 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6552 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6554 Handlers are called with argument list
6556 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6558 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6560 desktop-file-version
6561 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6562 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6563 desktop-buffer-point
6565 desktop-buffer-read-only
6566 desktop-buffer-locals
6568 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6569 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6571 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6574 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6576 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6577 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6579 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6581 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6583 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6584 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6585 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6586 List elements must have the form
6588 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6590 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6593 Handlers are called with argument list
6595 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6597 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6599 desktop-file-version
6600 desktop-buffer-file-name
6602 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6603 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6604 desktop-buffer-point
6606 desktop-buffer-read-only
6609 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6610 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6613 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6616 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6618 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6619 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6621 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6623 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6625 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6627 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6629 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6630 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6631 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6635 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6636 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6637 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6638 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6640 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6642 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6643 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6644 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6648 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6649 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6650 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6651 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6652 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6653 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6654 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6655 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6657 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6659 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6660 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6661 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6665 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6666 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6667 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6668 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6671 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6673 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6674 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6678 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6679 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6685 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6686 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6687 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17842 54741))
6688 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6690 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6691 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6692 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6693 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6694 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6695 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6697 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6699 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6700 Repair a broken attribution line.
6701 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6703 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6705 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6706 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6707 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6708 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6710 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6712 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6713 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6720 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17842 58278))
6721 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6723 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6725 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6730 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6737 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6738 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17916 10940))
6739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6741 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6742 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6743 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6744 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6745 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6749 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6750 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6751 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6752 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6754 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6755 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6756 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6757 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6760 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6762 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6763 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6764 european-calendar-style t \\
6765 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6766 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6767 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6769 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6770 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6771 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6772 to run it every morning at 1am.
6774 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6776 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6777 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6783 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6784 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17842 58280))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6787 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6788 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6790 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6792 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6793 *The command to use to run diff.")
6795 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6797 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6798 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6799 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6800 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6801 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6802 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6804 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6806 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6807 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6808 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6809 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6810 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6811 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6813 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6817 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6818 ;;;;;; (17907 56729))
6819 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6821 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6822 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6823 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6824 normal diffs. If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try
6825 to update the hunk headers for you on-the-fly.
6827 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6828 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6829 headers for you on-the-fly.
6831 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6832 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6833 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6835 When the buffer is read-only, the Meta- modifier is not necessary
6836 to run the Diff mode commands:
6842 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6843 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6844 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6850 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6851 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6852 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6853 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6854 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17851 56703))
6855 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6857 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6858 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6859 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6860 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6861 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6862 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6863 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6864 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6866 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6868 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6869 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6871 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6872 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6873 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6874 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6875 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6877 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6878 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6880 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6881 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6882 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6883 always set this variable to t.")
6885 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6887 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6888 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6889 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6890 A value of t means move to first file.")
6892 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6894 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6895 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6896 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6897 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6898 are afterward marked with that character.")
6900 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6902 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6903 *Controls marking of copied files.
6904 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6905 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6907 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6909 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6910 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6911 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6912 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6914 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6916 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6917 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6918 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6919 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6921 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6923 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6924 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6925 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6926 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6928 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6930 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6932 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6933 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6934 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6936 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6938 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6939 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6940 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6941 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6942 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6943 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6945 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6946 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6947 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6948 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6949 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6950 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6951 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6952 list of files to make directory entries for.
6953 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6954 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6955 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6956 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6958 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6960 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6961 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6963 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6964 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6966 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6967 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6969 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6970 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6972 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6974 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6975 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6977 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6979 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6980 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6981 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6982 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6983 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6984 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6985 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6986 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6987 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6988 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6989 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6990 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6991 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6992 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6993 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6994 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6995 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6996 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6997 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6998 to see why something went wrong.
6999 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7000 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7001 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7002 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7003 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7004 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7005 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7006 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7007 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7008 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7009 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7010 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7011 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7013 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7014 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7015 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7016 again for the directory tree.
7018 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7021 `dired-listing-switches'
7022 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7023 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7026 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7027 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7028 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7029 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7031 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7033 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7034 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7041 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7042 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7046 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7047 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7048 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7049 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7050 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7051 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7052 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7053 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7054 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7055 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7056 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7057 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7058 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7059 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 20444))
7060 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7062 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7063 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7064 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7065 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7066 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7067 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7068 which is options for `diff'.
7070 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7072 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7073 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7074 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7075 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7076 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7077 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7079 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7081 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7082 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7083 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7084 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7085 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7086 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7087 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7089 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7091 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7092 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7093 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7094 returned by function `file-attributes'
7096 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7097 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7099 Examples of PREDICATE:
7101 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7102 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7103 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7104 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7105 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7107 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7109 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7110 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7111 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7115 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7116 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7120 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7121 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7125 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7126 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7131 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7132 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7133 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7134 `lpr-switches' as default.
7136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7138 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7139 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7140 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7141 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7142 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7144 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7145 with a prefix argument.
7149 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7150 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7151 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7152 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7153 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7155 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7156 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7158 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7159 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7160 file name substituted for `?'.
7162 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7163 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7165 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7166 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7167 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7168 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7170 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7172 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7173 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7174 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7176 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7177 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7180 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7181 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7182 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7184 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7186 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7189 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7191 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7192 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7193 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7194 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7195 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7196 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7197 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7198 from the buffer as well.
7199 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7200 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7201 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7203 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7205 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7208 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7210 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7213 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7215 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7216 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7220 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7221 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7225 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7226 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7230 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7231 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7232 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7233 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7235 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7236 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7237 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7238 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7239 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7240 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7241 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7243 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7245 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7248 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7250 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7253 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7255 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7256 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7258 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7260 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7263 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7265 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7268 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7270 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7271 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7273 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7275 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7276 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7277 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7278 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7279 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7280 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7281 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7282 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7283 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7285 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7290 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7291 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7292 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7293 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7294 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7295 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7296 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7297 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7299 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7303 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7304 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7305 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7306 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7307 and new hard links are made in that directory
7308 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7309 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7310 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7314 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7315 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7316 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7317 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7318 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7319 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7320 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7324 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7325 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7327 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7328 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7329 file if none are marked.
7331 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7332 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7333 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7334 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7336 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7337 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7339 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7341 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7342 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7343 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7345 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7347 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7348 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7349 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7351 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7353 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7354 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7355 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7357 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7359 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7360 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7364 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7365 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7369 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7370 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7371 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7372 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7373 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7374 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7376 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7378 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7379 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7380 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7381 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7382 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7383 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7384 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7386 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7388 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7389 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7390 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7391 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7392 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7393 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7395 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7397 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7399 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7400 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7401 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7403 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7405 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7406 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7407 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7408 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7412 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7413 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7414 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7415 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7419 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7420 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7421 Lower levels are unaffected.
7423 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7425 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7426 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7430 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7431 Go down in the dired tree.
7435 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7436 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7437 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7438 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7442 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7443 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7444 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7445 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7449 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7450 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7451 Stops when a match is found.
7452 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7454 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7456 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7457 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7458 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7459 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7460 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7462 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7464 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7465 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7466 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7467 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7469 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7473 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7474 ;;;;;; (17859 33405))
7475 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7477 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7478 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7479 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7480 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7481 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7482 buffer and try again.
7484 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7486 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7487 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7488 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7489 This creates relative symbolic links like
7493 not absolute ones like
7495 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7497 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7503 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17842 58280))
7504 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7506 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7507 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7508 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7510 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7512 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7513 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7515 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7516 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7518 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7522 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17842
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7526 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7527 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7528 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7529 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7530 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7531 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7533 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7537 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7538 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7539 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7540 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7541 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7542 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17874 62056))
7543 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7545 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7546 Return a new, empty display table.
7550 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7551 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7552 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7553 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7554 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7556 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7558 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7559 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7560 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7561 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7562 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7564 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7566 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7567 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7571 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7572 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7576 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7577 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7581 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7582 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7586 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7587 Display character C using printable string S.
7591 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7592 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7593 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7594 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7596 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7598 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7599 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7600 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7603 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7605 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7606 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7608 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7610 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7611 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7613 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7615 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7616 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7618 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7620 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7621 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7623 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7625 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7626 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7628 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7630 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7631 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7633 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7634 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7635 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7636 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7638 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7639 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7640 European character display.
7642 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7643 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7644 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7645 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7647 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7648 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7649 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7650 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7651 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7657 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7658 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
7659 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7661 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7662 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7663 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7664 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7665 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7666 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7667 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7674 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17842 58280))
7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7677 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7678 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7679 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7680 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7681 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7682 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7684 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7685 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7686 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7687 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7688 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7690 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7694 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7695 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17842 58277))
7696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7698 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7699 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7700 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7701 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7702 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7703 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7704 table and its own syntax table.
7706 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7709 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7711 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7712 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7715 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7719 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17842 55395))
7720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7722 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7723 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7729 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7730 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
7731 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7733 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7736 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7738 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7740 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7742 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7744 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7745 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7751 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17842 55395))
7752 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7754 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7755 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7762 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
7763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7765 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7766 Play sounds in message buffers.
7772 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7773 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7774 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17860 50628))
7775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7777 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7779 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7780 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7781 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7782 and toggle command MODE.
7784 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7785 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7786 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7787 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7788 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7789 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7790 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7791 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7794 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7795 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7796 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7797 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7798 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7799 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7800 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7801 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7802 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7803 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7804 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7805 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7806 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7807 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7808 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7809 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7810 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7812 For example, you could write
7813 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7814 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7817 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7819 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7821 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7823 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7824 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7825 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7826 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7827 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7828 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7829 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7830 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7831 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7832 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7833 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7834 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7836 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7837 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7838 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7839 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7840 call another major mode in their body.
7842 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7844 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7845 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7846 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7847 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7848 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7849 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7850 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7852 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7854 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7857 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7859 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7860 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7861 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7863 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7868 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17842
7870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7872 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7874 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7875 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7877 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7878 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7879 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7881 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7882 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7886 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7887 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7891 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7892 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7896 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7897 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7899 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7901 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7903 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7905 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7906 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7908 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7909 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7911 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7913 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7915 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7919 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7920 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7921 computed automatically.
7922 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7926 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7928 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7929 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7930 keyboard equivalent.
7934 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7935 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7939 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7940 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7944 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7945 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7949 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7953 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7954 radio: A radio button.
7955 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7956 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7958 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7962 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7963 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7967 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7969 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7970 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7971 as a solid horizontal line.
7973 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7975 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7977 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7980 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7982 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7983 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7984 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7985 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7987 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7989 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7990 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7991 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7992 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7993 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7994 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7996 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7997 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7998 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8000 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8001 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8002 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8004 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8005 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8007 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8011 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8012 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8013 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8014 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8015 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8016 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8017 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8018 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17859 54480))
8019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8021 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8022 Customization for ebnf group.
8026 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8027 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8029 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8031 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8034 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8036 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8038 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8039 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8041 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8042 killed after process termination.
8044 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8046 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8048 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8049 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8051 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8052 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8055 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8056 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8057 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8058 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8060 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8062 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8063 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8064 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8066 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8068 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8069 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8071 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8073 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8076 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8078 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8080 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8081 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8083 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8084 killed after process termination.
8086 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8088 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8090 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8092 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8093 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8095 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8099 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8100 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8101 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8103 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8105 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8107 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8108 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8110 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8112 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8115 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8117 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8119 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8120 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8122 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8123 killed after EPS generation.
8125 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8127 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8129 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8130 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8132 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8133 The EPS file name has the following form:
8135 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8137 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8138 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8140 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8141 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8142 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8143 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8144 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8146 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8151 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8152 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8154 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8155 The EPS file name has the following form:
8157 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8159 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8160 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8162 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8163 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8164 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8165 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8166 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8168 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8171 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8173 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8175 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8176 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8178 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8180 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8183 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8185 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8187 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8188 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8190 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8191 killed after syntax checking.
8193 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8195 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8197 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8198 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8202 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8203 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8205 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8207 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8208 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8212 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8213 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8215 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8217 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8219 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8222 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8226 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8227 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8229 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8231 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8233 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8234 Set STYLE as the current style.
8236 Returns the old style symbol.
8238 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8242 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8243 Reset current style.
8245 Returns the old style symbol.
8247 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8249 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8251 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8252 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8254 Returns the old style symbol.
8256 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8258 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8260 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8262 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8263 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8265 Returns the old style symbol.
8267 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8269 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8275 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8276 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8277 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8278 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8279 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8280 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8281 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8282 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8283 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8284 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8285 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17821
8287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8289 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8290 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8291 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8292 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8293 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8294 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8296 Tree mode key bindings:
8297 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8301 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8302 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8306 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8307 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8309 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8313 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8314 View declaration of member at point.
8318 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8319 Find declaration of member at point.
8323 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8324 View definition of member at point.
8328 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8329 Find definition of member at point.
8333 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8334 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8338 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8339 View definition of member at point in other window.
8343 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8344 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8348 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8349 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8353 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8354 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8358 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8359 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8363 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8364 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8365 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8366 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8369 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8371 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8372 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8373 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8374 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8376 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8378 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8379 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8380 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8381 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8383 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8385 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8386 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8387 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8389 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8391 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8392 Search for call sites of a member.
8393 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8394 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8395 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8396 looks like a function call to the member.
8398 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8400 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8401 Move backward in the position stack.
8402 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8406 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8407 Move forward in the position stack.
8408 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8412 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8413 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8417 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8418 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8422 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8423 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8424 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8425 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8427 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8429 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8430 Display statistics for a class tree.
8436 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8437 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8438 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8440 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8441 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8442 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8443 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8445 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8446 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8447 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8449 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8450 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8451 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8453 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8455 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8461 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8462 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17842 58280))
8463 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8465 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8466 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8467 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8469 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8473 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8474 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8475 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17899 1919))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8478 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8479 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8480 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8481 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8482 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8484 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8485 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8486 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8487 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8489 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8491 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8492 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8493 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8494 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8496 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8498 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8499 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8500 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8501 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8503 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8505 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8507 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8508 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8509 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8510 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8511 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8513 If you do this on a function definition
8514 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8515 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8516 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8517 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8519 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8520 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8521 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8522 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8527 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8528 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8532 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8533 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8539 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8540 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8541 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8542 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8543 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8544 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8545 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8546 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8547 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8548 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17846 30361))
8549 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8551 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8552 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8554 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8556 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8557 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8559 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8561 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8563 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8565 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8566 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8567 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8568 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8572 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8573 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8575 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8577 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8579 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8580 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8582 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8584 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8586 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8587 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8588 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8589 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8591 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8593 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8595 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8596 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8597 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8598 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8600 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8602 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8604 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8605 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8606 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8607 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8609 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8611 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8613 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8614 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8615 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8616 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8618 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8620 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8622 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8623 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8624 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8625 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8626 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8627 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8629 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8631 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8632 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8633 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8634 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8636 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8638 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8640 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8641 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8642 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8643 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8645 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8647 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8649 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8651 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8652 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8653 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8655 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8656 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8658 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8660 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8661 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8662 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8664 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8665 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8667 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8669 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8670 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8671 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8672 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8673 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8675 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8677 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8678 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8679 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8680 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8681 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8682 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8684 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8686 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8688 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8689 Merge two files without ancestor.
8691 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8693 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8694 Merge two files with ancestor.
8696 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8698 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8700 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8701 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8703 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8705 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8706 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8708 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8710 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8711 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8712 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8715 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8717 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8718 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8719 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8722 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8724 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8725 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8726 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8727 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8731 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8732 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8733 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8734 and don't ask the user.
8735 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8736 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8738 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8740 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8741 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8742 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8743 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8744 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8745 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8746 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8747 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8749 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8751 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8753 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8755 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8756 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8757 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8758 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8759 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8761 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8763 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8765 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8766 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8767 When called interactively, displays the version.
8771 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8772 Display Ediff's manual.
8773 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8775 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8780 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8783 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17842 58280))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8793 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8794 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8796 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8798 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8802 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8803 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8806 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8807 Display Ediff's registry.
8811 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8816 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17846 30361))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8819 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8820 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8821 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8826 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8827 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8828 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8829 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8835 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8836 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8837 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8838 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8840 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8841 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8842 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8844 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8845 Edit a keyboard macro.
8846 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8847 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8848 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8850 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8852 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8854 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8855 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8857 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8859 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8860 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8862 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8864 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8865 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8866 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8867 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8868 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8869 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8871 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8872 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8873 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8874 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8876 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8878 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8879 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8880 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8881 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8882 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8883 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8885 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8889 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8890 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17842 54264))
8891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8893 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8895 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8896 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8898 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8900 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8901 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8907 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8908 ;;;;;; (17873 45892))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8911 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8912 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8913 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8914 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8915 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8916 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8917 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8919 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8920 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8922 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8923 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8924 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8925 this value is non-nil.
8927 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8928 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8929 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8931 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8932 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8933 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8935 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8937 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8940 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8944 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8945 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17842 54152))
8946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8948 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8949 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8951 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8953 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8954 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8955 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8956 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8957 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8958 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8959 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8961 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8965 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8966 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8970 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8971 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8972 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8973 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8974 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8975 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8978 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8979 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8983 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17842
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8987 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8988 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8990 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8991 an elided material again.
8993 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8999 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9000 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9003 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9010 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9011 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17842
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9015 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9016 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9017 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9019 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9021 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9022 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9023 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9025 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9027 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9028 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9029 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9031 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9033 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9035 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9036 Display current profiling results.
9037 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9038 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9045 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9046 ;;;;;; (17907 23437))
9047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9049 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9050 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9051 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9053 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9057 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9058 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9059 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9060 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9061 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9064 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9065 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9066 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9067 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9068 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9069 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9070 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9071 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9072 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9073 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9074 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9075 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9076 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9077 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9078 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9079 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9081 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9082 Run Emerge on two files.
9084 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9086 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9087 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9089 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9091 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9092 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9094 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9096 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9097 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9099 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9101 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9106 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9111 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9114 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9116 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9119 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9121 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9122 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9124 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9126 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9127 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9129 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9131 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9134 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9138 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9139 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9142 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9143 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9144 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9146 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9147 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9149 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9151 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9152 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9153 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9155 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9156 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9159 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9160 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9161 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9167 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9168 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17842 58277))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9171 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9172 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9173 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9174 text/enriched format.
9175 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9177 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9178 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9182 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9186 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9189 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9191 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9194 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9198 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9199 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17838 26687))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9202 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9203 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9207 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9208 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9209 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9210 (server (erc-compute-server))
9211 (port (erc-compute-port))
9212 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9214 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9216 That is, if called with
9218 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9220 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9221 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9222 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9224 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9226 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9227 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9228 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9229 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9231 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17842
9237 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9238 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17842 54344))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9244 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17842 54344))
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9250 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17842 54344))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9256 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9260 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9261 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17842 54344))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9264 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9265 Parser for /dcc command.
9266 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9267 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9268 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9270 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9272 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9273 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9277 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9278 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9280 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9281 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9282 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9285 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9289 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9290 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9291 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9292 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9293 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9296 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9297 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9299 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9301 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9302 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9303 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9304 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9306 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9308 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9311 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9313 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9314 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9316 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9318 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9319 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9321 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9323 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9324 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9326 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9328 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9329 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9331 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9333 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9334 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9336 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9338 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9339 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9341 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9343 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9344 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9348 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9349 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9355 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17842
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9358 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9360 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9361 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9362 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17842
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9371 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9375 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9376 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17842 54344))
9377 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9378 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9380 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9381 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9382 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9383 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9384 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9385 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9388 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9390 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9393 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9398 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9399 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9401 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17842 54344))
9409 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9410 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9415 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17842 54344))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9417 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9419 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9420 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9421 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9422 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9423 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9424 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9426 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9428 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9429 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9430 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9431 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9433 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9434 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9437 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9438 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9440 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9444 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9445 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9446 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9447 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9449 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9451 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9452 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9456 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9457 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9461 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9462 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9466 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9467 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9471 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9472 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9476 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9477 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9481 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9482 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9486 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9487 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17842 54344))
9494 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9495 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9499 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9500 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9501 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9502 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9504 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9511 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9512 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17842 54344))
9513 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9515 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9516 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9517 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9518 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9522 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9523 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9529 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9530 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17842 54344))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9532 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9534 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9535 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9536 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9537 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9539 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9541 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17842 54344))
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9550 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17842
9556 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9557 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17842 54344))
9562 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9563 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17842 54344))
9568 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9569 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9573 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9574 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17842 54344))
9575 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9576 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9578 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9579 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9583 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9584 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9585 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9587 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17842 54344))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9593 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9597 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9598 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9599 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9601 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9602 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9603 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17842
9611 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9612 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17842 54344))
9617 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9618 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17842 54344))
9623 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9624 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9625 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9629 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9630 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17842 54344))
9631 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9632 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9634 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9635 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9636 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9637 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9639 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9641 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9642 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9643 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9649 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9650 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9653 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9654 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9660 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17914
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9664 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9665 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9673 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17842
9675 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9677 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9678 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9684 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9685 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17842 54411))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9688 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9689 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9690 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9691 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9692 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9693 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9694 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9695 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9696 buffer selected (or created).
9698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9700 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9701 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9702 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9704 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9706 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9707 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9708 The result might be any Lisp object.
9709 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9710 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9711 corresponding to a successful execution.
9713 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9715 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9716 Report a bug in Eshell.
9717 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9718 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9724 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9725 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9726 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9727 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9728 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9729 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9730 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9731 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
9732 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9734 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9735 *File name of tags table.
9736 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9737 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9738 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9739 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9741 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9742 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9743 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9744 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9746 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9748 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9749 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9750 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9751 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9752 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9753 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9755 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9757 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9758 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9759 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9760 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9761 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9762 `auto-compression-mode').")
9764 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9766 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9767 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9768 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9769 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9770 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9772 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9774 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9775 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9776 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9777 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9779 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9781 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9782 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9783 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9784 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9785 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9787 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9789 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9790 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9794 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9795 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9796 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9797 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9799 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9800 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9801 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9802 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9803 file the tag was in.
9805 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9807 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9808 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9809 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9810 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9811 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9812 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9813 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9814 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9815 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9817 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9819 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9820 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9821 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9822 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9823 without directory names.
9827 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9828 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9829 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9830 but does not select the buffer.
9831 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9833 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9834 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9835 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9836 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9837 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9839 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9841 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9842 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9843 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9845 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9847 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9849 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9850 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9851 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9852 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9854 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9855 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9856 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9857 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9858 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9860 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9862 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9863 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9864 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9866 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9868 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9869 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9871 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9872 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9873 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9874 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9875 around or before point.
9877 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9878 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9879 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9880 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9881 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9883 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9885 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9886 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9887 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9889 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9891 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9892 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9894 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9895 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9896 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9897 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9898 around or before point.
9900 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9901 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9902 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9903 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9904 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9906 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9908 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9909 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9910 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9912 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9914 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9915 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9917 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9918 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9919 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9921 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9922 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9923 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9924 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9925 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9927 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9929 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9930 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9931 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9933 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9935 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9936 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9937 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9939 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9940 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9942 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9943 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9944 where they were found.
9948 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9949 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9951 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9952 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9953 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9955 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9956 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9958 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9959 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9961 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9963 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9964 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9965 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9966 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9968 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9969 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9970 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9971 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9972 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9974 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9975 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9977 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9978 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9979 Stops when a match is found.
9980 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9982 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9984 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9986 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9987 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9988 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9989 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9990 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9992 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9994 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9996 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9997 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9998 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9999 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10000 directory specification.
10002 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10004 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10005 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10007 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10009 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10010 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10011 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10012 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10016 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10017 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10018 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10019 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10020 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10026 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10027 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10028 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10029 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10030 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10031 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10032 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10033 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17842 58278))
10034 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10036 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10041 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10042 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10043 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10044 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10046 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10047 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10050 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10051 even if the buffer is read-only.
10053 See also the descriptions of the variables
10054 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10055 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10057 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10059 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10060 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10062 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10063 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10065 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10066 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10069 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10070 buffer is read-only.
10072 See also the descriptions of the variables
10073 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10074 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10076 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10078 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10079 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10080 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10084 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10085 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10087 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10088 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10090 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10091 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10095 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10096 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10097 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10098 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10100 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10102 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10103 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10104 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10105 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10107 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10108 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10109 the primary language.
10111 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10112 buffer is read-only.
10114 See also the descriptions of the variables
10115 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10116 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10118 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10120 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10121 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10122 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10123 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10125 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10126 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10129 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10130 buffer is read-only.
10132 See also the descriptions of the variables
10133 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10134 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10136 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10138 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10139 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10140 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10144 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10145 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10147 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10148 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10149 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10150 3) convert the body into SERA.
10152 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10156 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10157 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10158 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10160 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10162 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10163 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10167 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10168 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10170 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10171 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10174 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10175 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10176 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10178 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10180 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10182 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10183 Allow the user to input special characters.
10187 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10188 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10189 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10193 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10194 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10198 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10199 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10201 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10202 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10204 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10205 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10209 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10210 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10214 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10215 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10219 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10220 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10226 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10227 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10228 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10229 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10231 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10232 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10233 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10234 server for future sessions.
10236 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10238 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10239 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10240 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10242 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10244 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10245 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10246 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10248 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10250 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10251 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10252 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10253 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10254 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10255 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10256 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10257 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10258 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10259 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10260 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10261 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10263 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10265 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10266 Display a form to query the directory server.
10267 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10268 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10270 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10272 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10273 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10274 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10278 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10282 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10283 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10284 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17842 55218))
10285 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10287 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
10288 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10290 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10292 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
10293 Display URL and make it clickable.
10295 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10297 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
10298 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10300 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10302 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
10303 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10305 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10307 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
10308 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10310 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10312 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
10313 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10315 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10319 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10320 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17842 55218))
10321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10323 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
10324 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10325 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10329 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
10330 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10336 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10337 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10338 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10340 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10341 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10347 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17842
10349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10351 (autoload (quote ewoc-create
) "ewoc" "\
10352 Create an empty ewoc.
10354 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10356 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10357 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10358 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10359 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10360 `insert-before-markers'.
10362 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10363 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10364 respectively, of the ewoc.
10366 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10367 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10368 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10370 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10374 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10375 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10376 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10377 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
10378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10380 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
10381 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10382 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10384 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10386 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
10387 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10388 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10389 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10390 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10392 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10394 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
10395 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10396 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10397 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10398 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10401 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10403 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
10404 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10405 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10409 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
10410 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10411 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10418 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10419 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17842 58279))
10420 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10422 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
10423 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10424 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10425 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10427 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10429 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10430 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10431 to generate such functions.
10433 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10434 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10435 beginning of the expanded text.
10437 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10438 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10439 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10440 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10442 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10444 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10446 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
10447 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10448 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10452 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
10453 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10454 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10457 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10458 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10462 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17842 56333))
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10465 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
10466 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10467 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10469 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10470 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10471 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10473 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10478 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10481 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10483 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10485 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10486 `f90-program-indent'
10487 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10489 `f90-continuation-indent'
10490 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10491 `f90-comment-region'
10492 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10493 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10494 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10495 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10497 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10498 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10499 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10500 `f90-break-delimiters'
10501 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10502 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10503 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10504 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10506 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10507 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10509 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10510 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10511 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10512 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10513 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10514 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10515 `f90-leave-line-no'
10516 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10518 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10519 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10526 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10527 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10528 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10529 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17842 58279))
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10531 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10532 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10534 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
10535 Menu keymap for faces.")
10537 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
10539 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
10540 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10542 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10544 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
10545 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10547 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
10549 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10550 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10552 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10554 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10555 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10557 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10559 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10560 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10562 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10564 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10565 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10567 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10569 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10571 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10573 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10575 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10576 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10578 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10579 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10580 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10581 to the faces to use for the next character
10582 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10583 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10585 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10586 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10587 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10588 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10589 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10590 preceding faces (including FACE).
10592 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10593 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10595 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10597 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10598 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10599 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10601 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10602 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10605 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10606 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10607 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10609 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10611 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10612 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10613 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10615 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10616 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10619 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10620 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10621 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10623 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10625 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10626 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10627 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10628 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10629 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10630 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10631 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10633 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10634 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10637 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10638 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10639 to insert cancels the specification.
10641 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10643 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10644 Make the region invisible.
10645 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10646 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10648 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10650 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10651 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10652 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10653 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10655 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10657 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10658 Make the region unmodifiable.
10659 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10660 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10662 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10664 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10665 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10667 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10669 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10670 Remove all text properties from the region.
10672 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10674 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10675 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10676 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10680 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10681 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10683 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10685 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10686 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10687 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10688 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10689 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10690 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10692 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10697 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10698 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10699 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10701 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10702 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10703 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10704 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10708 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10709 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10713 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10714 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10715 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10716 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10720 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10721 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10722 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10723 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10724 backup file names and the like).
10726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10728 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10729 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10730 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10731 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10732 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10733 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10734 internally by feedmail):
10736 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10737 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10738 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10739 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10741 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10742 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10743 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10744 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10745 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10747 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10751 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10752 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17829 31540))
10753 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10755 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10756 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10757 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10758 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10759 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10760 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10761 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10763 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10765 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10766 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10767 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10768 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10769 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10770 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10771 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10773 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10775 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10777 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10778 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10779 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10780 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10781 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10782 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10784 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10786 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10787 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10788 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10790 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10791 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10796 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10797 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10799 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10801 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10802 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10808 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10809 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10810 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10811 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17842 58279))
10812 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10814 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10815 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10816 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10817 be added to the cache.
10819 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10821 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10822 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10823 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10824 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10825 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10827 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10829 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10830 Add FILE to the file cache.
10834 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10835 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10836 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10838 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10840 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10841 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10842 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10844 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10846 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10847 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10848 This function does not use any external programs
10849 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10850 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10851 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10853 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10855 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10856 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10857 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10858 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10859 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10860 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10861 \(directories) is done.
10864 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10865 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10866 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10870 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17842
10872 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10874 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10875 Filesets initialization.
10876 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17852 19718))
10883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10884 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10888 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10889 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10890 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
10891 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10893 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10894 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10895 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10896 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10897 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10899 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10901 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10902 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10903 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10904 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10905 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10907 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10909 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10910 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10911 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10912 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10914 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10916 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10917 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10918 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10920 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10922 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10923 as the final argument.
10925 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10927 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10928 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10929 and run dired on those files.
10930 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10931 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10933 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10935 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10937 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10938 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10939 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10941 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10943 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10945 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10949 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10950 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10951 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10954 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10955 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10956 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10957 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10958 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10959 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10960 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10962 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10963 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10964 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10966 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10968 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10970 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10972 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10973 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10974 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10976 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10977 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10979 Variables of interest include:
10981 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10982 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10983 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10985 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10986 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10987 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10989 - `ff-ignore-include'
10990 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10992 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10993 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10996 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10998 - `ff-special-constructs'
10999 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11000 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11001 extracting the filename from that construct.
11003 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11004 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11006 - `ff-search-directories'
11007 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11008 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11010 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11011 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11013 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11014 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11016 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11017 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11019 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11020 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11022 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11023 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11025 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11027 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11028 Visit the file you click on.
11030 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11032 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11033 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11035 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11039 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11040 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11041 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11042 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11043 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11044 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11045 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17842 54152))
11046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11048 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11049 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11051 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11053 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11054 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11055 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11056 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11058 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11059 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11060 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11061 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11063 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11065 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11066 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11068 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11069 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11070 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11071 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11073 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11074 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11077 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11079 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11080 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11082 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11083 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11084 places point before the definition.
11085 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11087 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11088 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11089 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11091 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11093 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11094 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11096 See `find-function' for more details.
11098 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11100 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11101 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11103 See `find-function' for more details.
11105 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11107 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11108 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11110 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11111 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11112 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11114 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11115 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11117 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11119 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11120 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11122 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11123 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11124 places point before the definition.
11126 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11128 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11129 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11130 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11132 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11134 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11135 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11137 See `find-variable' for more details.
11139 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11141 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11142 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11144 See `find-variable' for more details.
11146 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11148 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11149 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11150 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11151 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11152 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11153 buffer nor display it.
11155 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11156 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11158 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11160 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11161 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11163 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11164 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11165 places point before the definition.
11167 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11169 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11170 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11171 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11175 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11176 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11177 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11181 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11182 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11186 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11187 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11191 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11192 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11198 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11199 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17893 23802))
11200 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11202 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11203 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11205 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11207 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11208 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11212 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11213 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11215 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11219 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11220 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17842 58279))
11221 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11223 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11224 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11228 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11229 Display FILE's commentary section.
11230 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11234 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11235 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11241 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11242 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17842 58279))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11245 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11246 Toggle flow control handling.
11247 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11248 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11250 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11252 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11253 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11254 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11255 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11256 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11257 to get the effect of a C-q.
11259 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11263 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11264 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
11265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11267 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11270 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11272 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11275 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11279 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11280 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17854 7740))
11281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11283 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11284 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11285 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11286 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11290 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11291 Turn flymake mode on.
11295 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11296 Turn flymake mode off.
11302 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11303 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11304 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17842 58277))
11305 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11307 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11308 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11311 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11313 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11314 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11315 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11316 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11317 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11318 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11321 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11322 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11323 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11324 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11327 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11330 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11331 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11332 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11334 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11336 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11337 in your .emacs file.
11339 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11340 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11344 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11345 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11349 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11350 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11354 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11355 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11359 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11360 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11362 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11364 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11365 Flyspell whole buffer.
11371 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11372 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11373 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
11374 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11376 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11377 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11381 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11382 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11386 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11387 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11389 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11390 of two major techniques:
11392 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11393 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11394 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11396 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11397 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11398 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11401 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11402 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11403 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11404 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11405 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11408 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11409 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11411 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11413 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11414 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11415 \(This is the default.)
11417 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11418 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11420 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11421 \\{follow-mode-map}
11423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11425 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11426 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11428 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11429 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11430 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11431 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11432 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11433 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11435 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11436 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11437 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11439 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11440 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11441 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11447 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17842
11449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11451 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11452 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11453 \\<message-mode-map>
11457 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11458 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11459 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11460 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11461 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11462 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11468 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11469 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17842 58279))
11470 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11472 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11473 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11475 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11476 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11477 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11478 C-c < forms-first-record <
11479 C-c > forms-last-record >
11480 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11481 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11482 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11483 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11484 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11485 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11486 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11487 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11488 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11489 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11491 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11493 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11494 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11498 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11499 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11505 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11506 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17842 56333))
11507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11509 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11510 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11511 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11512 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11513 with a character in column 6.")
11515 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11517 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11518 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11519 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11521 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11522 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11524 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11527 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11529 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11531 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11532 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11533 `fortran-do-indent'
11534 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11535 `fortran-if-indent'
11536 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11537 `fortran-structure-indent'
11538 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11540 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11541 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11542 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11543 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11544 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11545 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11546 nil don't change the indentation
11547 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11549 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11550 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11551 depending on the continuation format in use.
11552 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11553 indentation for a line of code.
11555 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11556 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11557 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11558 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11559 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11560 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11561 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11562 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11563 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11564 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11566 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11567 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11568 statements (default nil).
11569 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11570 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11571 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11572 `fortran-continuation-string'
11573 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11574 line (default \"$\").
11575 `fortran-comment-region'
11576 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11577 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11578 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11579 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11580 as typed (default t).
11581 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11582 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11584 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11585 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11591 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11592 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17842 55395))
11593 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11595 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11596 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11598 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11599 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11601 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11603 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11604 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11606 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11607 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11609 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11611 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11612 Compile fortune file.
11614 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11615 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11617 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11619 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11620 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11622 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11623 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11624 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11625 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11627 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11629 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11630 Display a fortune cookie.
11632 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11633 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11634 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11635 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11637 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11641 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11642 ;;;;;; (17893 61665))
11643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11645 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11646 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11647 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11648 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11650 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11651 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11652 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11653 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11655 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11656 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11657 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11658 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11659 some of the buffers.
11661 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11663 The following commands help control operation :
11665 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11666 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11668 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11669 detailed description of this mode.
11672 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11674 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11675 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11679 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11680 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11681 | | (comint-mode) |
11688 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11689 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11690 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11691 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11692 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11693 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11695 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11697 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11698 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11700 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11704 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11705 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17842
11707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11709 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11710 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11711 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11712 instead (which see).")
11714 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11715 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11717 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11718 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11719 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11720 documentation string instead.
11722 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11723 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11724 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11725 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11726 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11727 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11728 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11729 enders are actually possible.
11731 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11732 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11734 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11735 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11736 `font-lock-keywords'.
11738 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11739 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11740 runs the macro expansion.
11742 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11743 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11744 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11746 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11748 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11750 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11751 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11753 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11755 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11756 Enter generic mode MODE.
11758 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11759 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11760 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11762 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11763 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11767 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11768 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11769 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11770 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11771 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11772 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11773 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11774 `font-lock-keywords'.
11776 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11780 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11781 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
11782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11784 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11785 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11786 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11787 at places they belong to.
11789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11793 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11794 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17842 54741))
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11797 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11798 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11800 Guideline for numbers:
11801 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11802 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11805 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11807 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11808 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11809 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11811 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11813 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11814 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11816 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11818 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11819 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11821 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11822 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11823 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11824 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11825 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11826 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11828 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11829 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11830 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11831 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11832 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11834 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11836 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11840 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11841 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17842 54741))
11842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11843 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11844 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11846 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11847 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11851 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11853 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11854 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11855 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11856 name of an NNTP server to use.
11857 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11860 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11862 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11863 Read news as a slave.
11865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11867 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11868 Pop up a frame to read news.
11869 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11870 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11871 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11872 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11873 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11874 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11875 current display is used.
11877 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11879 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11881 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11882 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11883 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11885 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11889 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11890 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11891 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11892 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11893 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11894 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17842 54741))
11895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11897 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11898 Start Gnus unplugged.
11902 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11903 Start Gnus plugged.
11907 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11908 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11913 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11915 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11916 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11917 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11919 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11920 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11921 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11925 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11926 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11930 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11931 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11932 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11933 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11934 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11937 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11939 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11940 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11941 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11942 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11943 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11946 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11948 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11949 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11953 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11954 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11955 downloaded into the agent.
11957 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11959 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11960 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11961 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11962 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11964 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11966 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11967 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11971 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11972 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11976 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11977 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11978 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11980 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11984 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11985 ;;;;;; (17854 10449))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11989 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11995 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11996 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11999 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12000 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12006 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12007 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12008 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17842
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12012 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12013 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12016 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12020 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12021 Generate the cache active file.
12023 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12025 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12026 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12030 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12031 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12032 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12033 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12034 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12037 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12039 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12040 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12041 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12042 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12043 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12046 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12050 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12051 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17842 54741))
12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12054 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12055 Delay this article by some time.
12056 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12058 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12059 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12061 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12062 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12064 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12065 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12067 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12069 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12070 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12074 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12075 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12076 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12077 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12079 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12080 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12082 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12086 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12087 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17842 54741))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12090 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12093 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12095 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12098 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12102 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12103 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12106 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12107 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12113 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12114 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12117 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12118 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12124 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12125 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12126 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17842
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12130 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12131 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12135 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12136 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12140 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12141 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12145 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12146 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12150 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12151 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12152 The PNG is returned as a string.
12154 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12156 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12157 Convert FILE to a Face.
12158 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12161 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12165 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12166 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17842 54741))
12167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12169 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12170 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12171 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12173 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12176 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12178 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12183 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12186 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12188 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12189 Run batched scoring.
12190 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12196 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12197 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12198 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12201 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12206 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12207 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12208 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12210 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12212 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12213 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12215 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12221 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12222 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12223 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12226 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12227 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12228 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12229 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12232 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12233 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12234 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12235 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12237 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12238 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12239 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12240 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12241 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12242 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12243 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12244 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12245 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12246 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12248 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12250 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12251 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12252 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12255 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12256 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12258 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12260 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12261 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12262 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12264 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12268 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12269 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12270 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12272 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12274 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12275 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12276 existing groups are considered.
12278 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12279 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12282 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12283 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12284 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12285 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12286 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12287 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12288 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12289 clauses will be generated.
12291 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12292 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12293 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12294 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12295 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12296 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12298 For example, given the following group parameters:
12301 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12302 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12304 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12305 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12306 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12307 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12309 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12311 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12313 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12315 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12316 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12319 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12323 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12324 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12327 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12328 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12329 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12331 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12335 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12336 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17842 54741))
12337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12339 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12340 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12341 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12342 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12344 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12346 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12349 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12352 Like `message-reply'.
12354 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12356 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12360 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12361 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17842 54741))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12364 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12365 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12369 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12370 Load the NoCeM cache.
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12377 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12378 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12381 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12382 Display picons in the From header.
12383 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12387 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12388 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12389 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12393 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12394 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12395 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12402 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12403 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12404 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12405 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17842 54741))
12406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12408 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12409 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12410 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12411 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12413 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12415 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12416 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12417 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12420 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12422 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12423 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12424 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12426 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12428 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12431 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12433 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12434 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12435 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12437 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12440 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12441 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12443 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12445 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12447 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12448 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12449 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12451 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12453 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12454 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12455 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12457 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12459 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12460 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12461 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12463 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12465 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12466 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12468 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12472 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12473 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17842 54741))
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12476 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12481 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12482 Install the registry hooks.
12488 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12489 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17842
12491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12493 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12494 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12495 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12496 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12497 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12498 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12502 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12503 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12504 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12505 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12506 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12510 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12517 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12518 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12521 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12522 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12523 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12524 for matching on group names.
12526 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12527 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12529 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12531 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12537 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12538 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12541 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12542 Update the format specification near point.
12548 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12549 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17842
12551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12553 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12554 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12556 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12558 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12565 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12566 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12569 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12570 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12572 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12576 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17842 55395))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12579 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12580 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12582 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12583 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12584 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12586 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12587 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12588 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12590 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12591 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12593 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12594 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12596 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12598 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12603 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17842 55218))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12606 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12608 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12609 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12610 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12611 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12612 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12614 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12616 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12617 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12618 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12620 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12621 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12623 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12624 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12627 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12632 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12633 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17908 16392))
12634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12636 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12637 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12639 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12641 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12642 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12643 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12644 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12645 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12647 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12648 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12650 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12652 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12653 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12654 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12655 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12657 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12659 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12660 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12662 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12664 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12665 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12667 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12668 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12669 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12671 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12672 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12673 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12675 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12676 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12678 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12679 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12681 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12683 (defvar grep-history nil)
12685 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12687 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12688 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12689 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12693 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12698 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12699 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12703 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12704 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12705 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12706 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12707 where grep found matches.
12709 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12710 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12712 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12713 easily repeat a grep command.
12715 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12716 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12717 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12718 if that history list is empty).
12720 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12722 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12723 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12724 Collect output in a buffer.
12725 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12726 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12728 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12729 easily repeat a find command.
12731 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12733 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12735 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12736 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12737 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12738 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12739 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12741 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12742 before it is executed.
12743 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12745 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12746 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12747 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12749 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12751 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12753 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12754 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12755 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12756 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12757 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12759 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12760 before it is executed.
12761 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12763 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12764 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12765 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12767 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12769 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12773 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17842 58279))
12774 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12776 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12777 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12778 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12779 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12780 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12782 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12786 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12787 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17903 50960))
12788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12790 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12791 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12792 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12793 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12794 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12795 `gdba' for more information.
12797 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12798 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12799 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12800 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12801 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12804 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12806 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12807 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12808 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12809 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12811 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12813 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12814 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12815 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12816 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12818 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12820 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12821 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12822 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12823 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12825 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12826 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12828 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12830 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12831 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12832 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12833 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12835 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12837 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12838 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12839 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12840 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12842 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12844 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12845 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12846 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12847 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12848 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12850 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12851 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12852 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12853 original source file access method.
12855 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12856 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12858 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12859 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12861 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12863 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12864 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12870 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17842
12872 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12874 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12875 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12876 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12877 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12879 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12880 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12881 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12882 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12888 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12889 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12890 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12892 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12893 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12895 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12897 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12898 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12899 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12900 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12902 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12906 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12907 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12908 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12909 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12916 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12917 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12918 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12919 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17842 58279))
12920 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12922 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12923 Return the help-echo string at point.
12924 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12925 property, or nil, is returned.
12926 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12927 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12928 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12930 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12932 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12933 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12934 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12935 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12936 this produces no string either, return nil.
12940 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12941 Display local help in the echo area.
12942 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12943 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12944 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12947 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12948 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12949 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12953 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12954 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12955 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12959 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12960 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12961 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12965 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12966 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12967 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12968 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12969 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12970 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12971 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12972 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12973 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12974 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12975 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12977 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12978 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12979 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12980 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12981 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12983 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12984 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12985 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12986 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12987 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12988 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12989 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12990 The default is `never'.")
12992 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12994 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12995 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12996 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12997 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12998 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12999 considered different regions.
13001 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13002 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13003 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13004 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13005 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13006 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13007 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13008 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13009 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13011 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13013 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13014 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13015 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13016 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13019 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13020 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13021 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13022 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13023 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13024 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13025 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13026 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13028 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13029 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13030 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13031 rarely happens in practice.
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13035 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13036 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13037 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13038 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13039 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13040 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13046 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13047 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13048 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13049 ;;;;;; (17845 46651))
13050 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13052 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13053 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13055 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13057 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13058 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13059 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13061 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13063 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13064 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13066 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13068 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13071 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13073 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13074 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13075 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13076 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13078 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13080 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13081 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13082 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13083 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13084 it is displayed along with the global value.
13086 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13088 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13089 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13090 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13091 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13093 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13095 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13096 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13097 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13098 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13099 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13101 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13105 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13106 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13109 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13110 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13111 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13112 and window listing and describing the options.
13113 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13114 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13116 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13120 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13121 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13122 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17842 58279))
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13125 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13126 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13127 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13133 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13138 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13143 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13144 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13146 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13147 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13148 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13149 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13151 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13152 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13153 restore it properly when going back.
13155 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13157 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13158 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13160 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13161 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13162 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13163 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13164 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13165 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13166 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13167 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13169 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13170 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13171 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13172 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13174 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13175 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13178 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13180 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13181 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13182 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13183 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13184 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13185 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13187 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13189 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13190 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13191 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13192 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13193 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13195 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13197 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13198 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13200 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13204 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13205 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17842 54152))
13206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13208 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13209 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13213 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13214 Provide help for current mode.
13220 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13221 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 53657))
13222 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13224 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13225 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13226 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13227 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13228 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13230 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13231 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13233 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13234 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13235 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13236 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13238 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13239 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13242 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13247 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13248 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13249 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13250 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13251 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13252 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13253 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13254 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13255 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13256 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13257 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13258 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13259 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13260 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13261 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13263 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13264 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13265 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13267 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13270 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13272 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13273 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13274 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13276 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13277 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13278 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13280 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13281 into the buffer at the current point.
13283 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13284 into the buffer at the current point.
13286 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13287 into the buffer at the current point.
13289 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13291 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13292 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13294 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13296 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13300 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13301 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13302 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13303 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13305 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13307 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13308 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13309 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13315 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13316 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13317 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13318 ;;;;;; (17860 50601))
13319 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13321 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13322 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13324 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13325 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13326 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13327 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13328 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13329 called interactively, are:
13331 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13332 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13334 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13335 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13336 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13337 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13339 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13340 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13342 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13343 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13345 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13346 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13347 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13348 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13349 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13350 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13352 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13353 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13355 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13356 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13358 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13359 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13360 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13361 Patterns will be read until
13363 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13367 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13368 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13369 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13370 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13371 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13372 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13374 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13376 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13377 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13378 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13379 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13380 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13384 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13386 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13387 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13389 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13390 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13391 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13392 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13394 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13396 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13398 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13399 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13401 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13402 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13403 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13404 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13406 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13408 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13410 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13411 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13413 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13414 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13416 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13418 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13420 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13421 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13423 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13424 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13425 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13426 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13427 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13429 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13431 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13432 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13434 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13435 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13436 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13442 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13443 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17842 56333))
13444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13446 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13447 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13448 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13449 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13450 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13451 how the hiding is done:
13454 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13455 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13458 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13459 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13460 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13461 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13462 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13465 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13466 #endif lines when hiding.
13468 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13469 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13472 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13473 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13474 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13476 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13480 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13481 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13483 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13485 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13486 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13488 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13490 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13491 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13493 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13497 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13498 ;;;;;; (17899 12613))
13499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13501 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13502 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13503 Each element has the form
13504 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13506 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13507 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13509 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13510 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13512 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13513 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13514 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13515 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13516 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13517 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13519 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13520 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13522 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13523 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13525 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13526 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13527 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13529 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13530 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13531 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13532 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13533 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13534 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13536 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13537 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13538 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13540 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13541 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13543 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13546 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13552 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13553 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13554 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13555 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13556 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17842 58279))
13557 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13559 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13560 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13561 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13563 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13565 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13566 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13568 Without an argument:
13569 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13570 or passive state as determined by the variable
13571 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13574 With an argument ARG:
13575 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13576 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13577 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13579 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13580 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13581 not displayed in a different face.
13584 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13585 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13586 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13587 buffer with the contents of a file
13588 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13589 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13593 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13594 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13595 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13599 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13600 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13604 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13605 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13609 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13610 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13612 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13613 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13614 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13615 shown in the last face in the list.
13617 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13618 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13619 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13621 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13625 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13626 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13628 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13630 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13633 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13634 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13636 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13637 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13638 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13640 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13642 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13643 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13645 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13646 this function is called interactively.
13648 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13649 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13650 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13652 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13653 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13654 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13656 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13658 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13659 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13661 When called interactively:
13662 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13663 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13664 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13665 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13667 When called from a program:
13668 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13669 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13670 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13671 - otherwise just turn it on
13673 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13674 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13675 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13676 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13682 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13683 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13684 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13685 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13686 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17842 58279))
13687 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13689 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13690 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13691 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13692 or insert functions in this list.")
13694 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13696 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13697 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13699 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13701 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13702 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13704 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13706 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13707 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13709 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13711 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13712 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13714 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13716 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13717 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13718 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13720 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13722 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13723 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13724 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13727 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13729 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13730 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13731 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13732 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13733 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13735 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13737 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13738 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13739 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13740 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13741 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13743 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13744 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13745 undoes the expansion.
13749 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13750 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13751 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13752 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13754 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13758 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13759 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13760 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13762 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13763 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13764 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13766 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13767 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13768 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13769 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13770 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13772 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13773 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13774 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13775 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13779 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13780 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13781 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13784 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13786 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13788 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13789 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13790 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13792 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13793 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13799 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13800 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
13801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13803 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13804 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13805 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13807 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13811 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13812 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13814 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13815 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13816 different list. For example,
13818 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13819 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13821 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13822 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13824 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13825 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13826 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13827 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13830 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13832 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13836 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17842
13838 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13840 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13841 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13847 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13848 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13849 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13850 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13851 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13861 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13862 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13864 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13865 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13866 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13867 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13868 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13869 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17842 58279))
13870 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13872 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13873 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13874 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13878 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13879 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13881 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13883 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13884 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13886 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13888 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13889 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13891 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13893 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13894 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13901 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13904 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13906 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13907 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13908 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13909 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13910 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13911 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13912 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13913 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13914 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13915 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13916 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13917 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13922 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13924 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13925 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13934 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13935 Remove the first filter group.
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13942 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13944 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Remove all filter groups.
13949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13950 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13954 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13956 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Kill the filter group at point.
13962 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13964 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13966 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13967 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13971 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13972 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13976 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13977 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13978 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13979 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13981 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13983 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13985 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13991 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13992 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13993 of replacing the current filters.
13997 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14002 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14007 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14008 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14010 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14011 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14012 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14028 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14031 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14033 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14035 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14037 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14039 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14040 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14044 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14045 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14049 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14050 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14051 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14052 of replacing the current filters.
14055 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14057 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14058 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14059 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14060 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14061 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14062 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14066 Default sorting modes are:
14067 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14068 Name - the name of the buffer
14069 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14070 Size - the size of the buffer
14074 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14075 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14079 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14080 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14083 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14088 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14090 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14091 for this Ibuffer session.
14093 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14095 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14097 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14098 for this Ibuffer session.
14100 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14102 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14103 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14105 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14106 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14108 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14109 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14111 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14113 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14114 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14116 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14117 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14119 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14121 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14126 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14127 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14129 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14130 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14131 hidden group filter, open it.
14133 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14134 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14135 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14139 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14140 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14141 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14145 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14146 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14148 The names are separated by a space.
14149 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14151 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14152 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14153 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14154 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14156 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14160 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14163 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14168 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14170 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14171 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14173 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14175 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14180 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14181 Mark all modified buffers.
14185 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14190 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14195 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14205 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Mark all read-only buffers.
14220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14227 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14230 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14234 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14235 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17842
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14239 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14240 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14242 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14243 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14244 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14246 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14247 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14248 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14249 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14250 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14251 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14253 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14254 title of the column.
14256 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14257 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14258 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14259 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14260 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14262 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14264 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14265 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14266 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14267 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14268 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14270 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14271 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14272 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14274 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14276 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14277 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14278 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14279 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14280 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14281 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14283 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14284 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14285 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14286 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14287 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14288 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14289 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14290 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14292 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14293 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14294 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14295 buffer's modification flag.
14296 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14297 prompted before performing this operation.
14298 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14299 operation is complete, in the form:
14300 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14301 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14302 confirmation message, in the form:
14303 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14304 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14305 macro for exactly what it does.
14307 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14309 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14310 Define a filter named NAME.
14311 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14312 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14313 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14315 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14316 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14317 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14318 bound to the current value of the filter.
14320 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14324 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14325 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17842 58279))
14326 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14328 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14329 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14330 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14331 buffers which are visiting a file.
14333 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14335 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14336 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14337 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14338 buffers which are visiting a file.
14340 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14342 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14343 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14344 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14346 All arguments are optional.
14347 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14348 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14349 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14350 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14351 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14352 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14353 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14354 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14355 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14356 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14357 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14358 that value locally in this buffer.
14360 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14364 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14365 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14366 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17842 53792))
14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14369 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14370 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14371 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14372 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14374 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14376 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14377 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14378 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14379 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14381 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14382 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14383 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14385 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14387 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14388 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14389 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14390 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14391 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14392 non-marking or not.
14394 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14396 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14397 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14399 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14400 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14403 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14404 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14405 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14407 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14410 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14411 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14412 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14414 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14418 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17907
14420 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14422 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14423 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14424 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14427 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14429 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14431 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14432 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14433 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14439 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17842 56333))
14440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14442 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14443 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14444 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14445 Tab indents for Icon code.
14446 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14447 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14449 Variables controlling indentation style:
14450 icon-tab-always-indent
14451 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14452 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14454 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14455 inserted in Icon code.
14457 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14458 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14459 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14460 icon-continued-statement-offset
14461 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14462 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14463 icon-continued-brace-offset
14464 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14465 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14467 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14468 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14469 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14470 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14472 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14473 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14479 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14480 ;;;;;; (17885 64137))
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14483 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14484 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14485 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14486 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14488 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14489 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14492 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14493 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14495 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14496 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14497 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14501 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14505 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14506 ;;;;;; (17857 15499))
14507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14509 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14510 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14512 The main features of this mode are
14514 1. Indentation and Formatting
14515 --------------------------
14516 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14517 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14519 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14520 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14521 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14522 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14524 Comments are indented as follows:
14526 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14527 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14528 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14530 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14532 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14533 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14534 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14535 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14536 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14537 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14539 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14540 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14541 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14542 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14546 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14547 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14548 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14549 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14550 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14551 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14552 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14553 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14554 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14555 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14560 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14561 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14562 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14563 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14567 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14568 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14569 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14570 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14571 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14574 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14575 --------------------------------
14576 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14577 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14579 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14580 \\fu FUNCTION template
14581 \\c CASE statement template
14582 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14583 \\f FOR loop template
14584 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14585 \\w WHILE loop template
14586 \\i IF statement template
14587 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14590 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14591 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14593 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14594 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14595 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14596 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14598 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14599 -------------------------
14600 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14601 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14603 7. Automatic END completion
14604 ------------------------
14605 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14606 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14610 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14611 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14613 9. Documentation and Customization
14614 -------------------------------
14615 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14616 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14617 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14618 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14619 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14623 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14624 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14625 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14627 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14630 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14634 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14635 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14636 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14637 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14638 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14639 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14640 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14641 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17916
14643 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14645 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14646 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14647 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14648 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14650 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14651 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14652 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14655 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14657 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14659 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14660 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14661 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14662 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14663 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14664 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14665 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14666 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14667 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14671 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14672 Switch to another buffer.
14673 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14674 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14677 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14678 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14679 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14680 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14681 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14683 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14684 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14686 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14687 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14689 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14690 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14691 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14692 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14693 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14694 in a separate window.
14695 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14696 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14698 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14700 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14701 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14702 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14703 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14707 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14708 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14709 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14714 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14715 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14716 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14717 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14721 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14723 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14728 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14729 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14730 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14735 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14736 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14737 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14742 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14743 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14747 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14748 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14749 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14750 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14751 visible in another frame.
14753 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14754 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14755 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14756 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14757 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14758 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14760 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14761 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14763 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14764 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14766 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14767 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14768 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14769 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14770 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14771 in a separate window.
14772 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14773 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14774 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14775 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14776 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14777 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14778 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14779 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14780 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14781 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14782 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14783 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14784 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14785 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14786 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14790 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14791 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14797 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14798 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14799 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14800 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14804 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14805 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14806 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14807 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14811 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14812 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14813 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14814 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14818 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14819 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14820 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14821 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14825 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14826 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14827 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14828 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14832 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14833 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14834 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14835 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14839 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14840 Write current buffer to a file.
14841 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14842 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14846 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14847 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14848 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14849 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14853 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14854 Call `dired' the ido way.
14855 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14856 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14860 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14861 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14862 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14863 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14864 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14865 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14867 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14869 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14870 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14871 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14872 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14874 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14876 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14877 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14878 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14879 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14881 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14883 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14884 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14885 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14886 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14887 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14888 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14889 with `completing-read'.
14890 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14891 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14892 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14893 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14894 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14895 with point positioned at the end.
14896 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14897 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14899 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14903 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17842 58279))
14904 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14905 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14907 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14908 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14909 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14915 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14916 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
14917 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14919 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14920 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14924 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14925 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14931 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14932 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14933 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14934 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14935 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17868 42568))
14936 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14938 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14939 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14940 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14943 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14945 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14946 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14947 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14952 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14953 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14954 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14957 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14959 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14960 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14961 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14964 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14966 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14967 Determine and return image type.
14968 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14969 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14970 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14971 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14972 use its file extension as image type.
14973 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14975 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14977 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14978 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14979 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14981 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14983 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
14984 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14985 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
14987 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
14988 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
14989 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
14990 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
14991 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
14992 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
14997 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14999 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15000 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15001 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15002 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15003 use its file extension as image type.
15004 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15005 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15006 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15007 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15009 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15011 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15013 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15014 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15015 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15016 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15017 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15018 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15019 POS may be an integer or marker.
15020 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15021 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15022 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15023 means display it in the right marginal area.
15025 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15027 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15028 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15029 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15030 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15031 defaulted if you omit it.
15032 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15033 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15034 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15035 means display it in the right marginal area.
15036 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15037 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15038 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15039 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15040 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15042 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15044 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15045 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15046 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15047 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15048 defaulted if you omit it.
15049 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15050 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15051 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15052 means display it in the right marginal area.
15053 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15055 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15057 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15058 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15059 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15060 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15062 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15064 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15065 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15067 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15069 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15070 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15071 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15072 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15073 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15074 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15075 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15076 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15079 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15081 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15083 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15085 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15086 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15088 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15089 documentation string.
15091 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15092 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15093 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15094 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15095 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15096 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15097 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15102 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15103 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15105 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15109 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15110 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15111 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17842 58279))
15112 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15114 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15115 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15116 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15117 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15119 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15120 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15121 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15122 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15124 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15126 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15127 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15128 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15129 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15131 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15132 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15133 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15134 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15136 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15138 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15139 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15143 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15144 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15145 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15146 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15148 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15150 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15151 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15152 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15153 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15154 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15155 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15157 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15159 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15160 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15161 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15162 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15164 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15165 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15166 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15172 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15173 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17868 42581))
15174 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15175 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15176 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15177 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15178 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15179 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15180 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15182 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15183 Major mode for image files.
15184 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15185 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15189 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15190 Toggle Image minor mode.
15191 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15192 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15196 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15197 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15198 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15199 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15200 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15201 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15203 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15204 information on these modes.
15210 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15211 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17842 58279))
15212 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15214 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15215 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15217 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15219 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15220 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15223 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15225 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15226 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15227 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15229 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15231 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15232 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15234 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15235 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15236 pattern's structure.
15238 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15239 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15240 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15243 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15245 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15246 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15248 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15249 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15250 called within a `save-excursion'.
15252 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15254 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15256 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15257 Function for finding the next index position.
15259 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15260 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15261 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15264 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15265 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15267 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15269 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15270 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15272 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15273 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15274 It should return the name for that index item.")
15276 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15278 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15279 Function to compare string with index item.
15281 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15282 non-nil if they match.
15284 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15285 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15286 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15287 arguments match\".")
15289 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15291 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15292 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15293 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15295 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15297 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15299 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15301 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15302 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15303 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15304 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15308 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15309 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15311 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15315 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15316 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15317 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15318 for more information.
15320 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15324 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15325 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15326 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17842 58278))
15327 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15329 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15330 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15332 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15334 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15337 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15339 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15342 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15344 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15347 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15349 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15350 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15351 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15352 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15353 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15355 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15357 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15358 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15359 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15360 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15361 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15363 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15367 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15368 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15369 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17842 56332))
15370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15372 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15373 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15374 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15375 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15376 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15378 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15380 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15381 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15383 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15385 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15386 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15387 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15388 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15389 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15390 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15391 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15392 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15394 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15396 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15397 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15398 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15399 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15400 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15402 This variable is only used if the variable
15403 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15405 More precise choices:
15406 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15407 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15410 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15412 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15414 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15415 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15417 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15418 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15419 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15421 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15422 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15423 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15424 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15427 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15429 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15433 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15434 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15435 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15436 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17869 43065))
15437 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15439 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15440 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15442 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15443 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15444 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15446 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15447 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15448 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15449 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15450 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15451 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15452 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15453 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15454 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15455 with the top-level Info directory.
15457 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15458 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15459 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15460 appended to the Info buffer name.
15462 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15463 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15464 in all the directories in that path.
15466 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15468 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15469 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15473 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15474 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15475 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15476 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15480 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15481 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15482 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15483 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15485 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15487 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15488 Go to the Info directory node.
15492 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15493 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15494 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15495 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15496 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15497 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15499 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15501 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15502 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15503 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15505 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15507 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15508 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15509 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15510 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15511 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15513 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15514 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15516 Selecting other nodes:
15517 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15518 Follow a node reference you click on.
15519 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15520 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15521 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15522 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15523 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15524 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15525 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15526 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15527 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15528 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15529 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15530 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15531 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15532 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15533 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15534 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15535 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15536 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15537 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15538 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15540 Moving within a node:
15541 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15542 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15543 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15544 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15545 move up to the parent node.
15546 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15547 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15549 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15552 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15553 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15554 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15555 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15556 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15557 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15558 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15559 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15560 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15561 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15562 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15563 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15564 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15565 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15566 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15567 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15570 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15572 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15573 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15574 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15575 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15576 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15577 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15579 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15580 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15582 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15583 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15585 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15586 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15587 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15588 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15592 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15593 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15594 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15600 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15601 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15602 ;;;;;; (17878 61008))
15603 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15605 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15606 Throw away all cached data.
15607 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15608 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15612 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15614 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15615 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15616 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15617 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15618 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15619 one found at point.
15621 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15623 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15624 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15626 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15627 Display the documentation of a file.
15628 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15629 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15630 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15631 The default file name is the one found at point.
15633 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15635 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15637 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15638 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15640 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15642 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15643 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15645 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15649 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15650 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17842 58279))
15651 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15653 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15654 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15656 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15658 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15659 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15660 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15664 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15665 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15666 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15668 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15669 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15676 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15677 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17842 58279))
15678 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15680 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15681 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15683 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15685 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15686 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15687 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15689 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15690 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15691 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15693 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15694 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15695 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15696 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15700 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15701 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15702 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15706 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15707 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15708 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15709 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15710 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15716 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15717 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15718 ;;;;;; (17903 2305))
15719 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15721 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15722 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15726 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15727 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15731 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15734 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15738 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17918
15740 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15742 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15743 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15744 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15745 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15746 accessed via isearchb.
15752 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15753 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15754 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15755 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17842 54888))
15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15758 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15759 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15760 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15761 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15763 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15765 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15766 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15767 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15768 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15770 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15772 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15773 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15774 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15775 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15777 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15779 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15780 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15781 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15782 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15784 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15786 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15787 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15788 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15789 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15791 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15793 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15794 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15795 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15796 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15798 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15800 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15801 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15802 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15803 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15805 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15807 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15808 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15809 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15810 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15812 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15814 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15815 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15816 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15817 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15819 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15821 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15822 Warn that format is read-only.
15826 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15827 Warn that format is write-only.
15831 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15832 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15839 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
15840 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15841 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15842 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15843 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15847 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15848 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15849 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15850 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15851 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15852 ;;;;;; (17875 1098))
15853 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15854 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15856 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15857 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15858 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15859 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15861 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15862 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15864 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15865 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15866 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15868 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15869 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15872 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15874 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15876 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15878 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15880 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15882 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15884 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15886 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15887 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15889 Each element of this list is also a list:
15891 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15892 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15894 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15895 nil means the default dictionary.
15897 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
15899 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15901 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15902 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15903 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15904 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15905 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15906 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15907 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15908 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15909 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15911 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
15912 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15913 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15914 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15915 for non-ASCII bytes.
15917 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15918 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15921 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15924 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15925 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15926 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15927 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15928 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15929 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15930 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15931 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15933 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15935 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15936 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15937 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15939 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15940 Key map for ispell menu.")
15942 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15943 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15944 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15945 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15947 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15949 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15951 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15953 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15955 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15956 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15957 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15958 Valid forms include:
15959 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15960 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15961 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15962 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15964 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15965 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15966 First list is used raw.
15967 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15969 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15970 for skipping in latex mode.")
15972 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15973 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15974 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15975 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15976 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15977 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15979 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15980 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15981 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15982 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15984 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15985 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15986 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15987 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15988 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15990 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15991 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15993 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15994 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15996 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15997 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16000 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16001 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16002 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16003 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16004 quit spell session exited.
16006 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16008 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16009 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16010 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16012 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16014 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16015 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16019 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16020 SPC: Accept word this time.
16021 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16022 `a': Accept word for this session.
16023 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16024 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16025 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16026 `?': Show these commands.
16027 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16028 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16029 the aborted check to be completed later.
16030 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16031 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16032 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16033 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16034 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16035 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16036 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16040 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16041 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16042 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16044 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16046 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16047 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16048 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16049 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16051 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16053 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16055 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16056 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16057 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16058 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16060 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16062 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16063 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16067 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16068 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16072 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16073 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16077 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16078 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16079 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16080 sequence inside of a word.
16082 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16084 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16086 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16087 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16091 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16092 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16093 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16094 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16096 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16097 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16098 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16099 available on the net.
16103 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16104 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16105 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16107 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16108 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16110 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16111 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16115 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16116 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16117 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16118 Don't check included messages.
16120 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16121 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16122 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16124 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16125 in your .emacs file:
16126 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16127 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16128 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16129 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16131 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16132 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16133 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16139 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17819
16141 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16143 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16144 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16145 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16148 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16150 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16152 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16153 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16154 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16155 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16156 `iswitchb' for details.
16158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16162 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16163 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16164 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16165 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17842 58278))
16166 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16168 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16173 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16174 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16175 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16176 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16177 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16178 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16179 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16180 necessary to represent OBJ.
16182 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16184 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16185 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16186 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16187 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16189 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16191 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16192 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16193 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16194 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16195 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16197 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16199 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16200 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16201 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16202 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16204 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16206 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16207 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16208 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16209 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16211 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16213 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16214 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16216 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16218 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16219 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16220 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16221 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16222 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16224 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16226 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16227 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16228 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16229 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16230 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16232 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16234 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16235 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16236 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16238 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16242 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16243 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17853 24893))
16244 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16246 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16247 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16248 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16249 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16251 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16254 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16256 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16257 Uninstall jka-compr.
16258 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16259 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16260 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16266 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16267 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16268 ;;;;;; (17833 41203))
16269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16271 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16272 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16273 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16274 decimal key must be specified.")
16276 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16278 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16279 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16280 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16281 decimal key must be specified.")
16283 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16285 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16286 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16287 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16288 decimal key must be specified.")
16290 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16292 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16293 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16294 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16295 decimal key must be specified.")
16297 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16299 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16300 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16301 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16302 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16303 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16307 -------------------------------------------------------------
16308 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16309 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16310 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16311 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16312 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16313 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16314 in the global and local keymaps.
16316 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16317 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16319 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16323 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16324 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16325 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16327 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16328 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16329 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16331 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16332 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16333 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16334 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16337 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16338 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16339 the context of text formatting.
16341 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16345 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17842
16347 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16349 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16350 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16351 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16352 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16353 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16354 positions that contains the current selection.")
16356 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16357 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16358 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16359 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16360 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16361 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16362 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16364 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16368 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16369 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16370 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16371 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17833 41350))
16372 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16373 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16374 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16375 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16376 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16377 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16378 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16379 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16381 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16382 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16383 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16384 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16385 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16387 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16389 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16390 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16391 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16393 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16394 defining the macro.
16396 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16397 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16398 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16400 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16401 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16405 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16406 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16407 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16408 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16409 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16412 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16413 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16414 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16418 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16419 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16420 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16422 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16423 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16424 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16425 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16427 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16428 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16430 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16432 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16433 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16434 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16436 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16439 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16440 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16442 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16443 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16444 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16446 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16447 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16451 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16452 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16453 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16454 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16456 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16458 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16459 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16460 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16461 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16463 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16464 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16466 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16468 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16469 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16470 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16472 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16476 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16477 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16478 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
16479 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16481 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16483 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16488 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16491 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16493 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16496 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16500 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16501 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17842 58278))
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16504 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16505 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16506 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16508 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16515 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16516 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
16517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16519 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16521 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16522 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16526 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16528 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16529 Start or resume an Lm game.
16530 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16531 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16533 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16534 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16535 none / 1 | yes | no
16540 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16541 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16542 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16548 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16549 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16550 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17842
16552 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16554 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16557 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16559 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16560 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16561 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16562 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16563 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16564 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16566 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16567 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16569 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16571 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16572 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16574 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16576 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16579 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16581 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16582 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16583 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16584 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16587 The return value is number of composed characters.
16589 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16591 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16594 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16598 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16599 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16600 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17842 54888))
16601 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16603 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16604 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16605 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16606 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16608 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16610 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16611 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16612 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16614 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16616 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16617 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16618 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16622 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16623 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16624 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16625 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16627 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16631 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16632 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17874 62081))
16633 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16635 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16636 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16637 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16638 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16639 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16640 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16641 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16642 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16644 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16645 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16647 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16648 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16650 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16652 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16653 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16654 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16655 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16656 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16657 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16658 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16659 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16661 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16663 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16664 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16665 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16666 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16668 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16669 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16671 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16675 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16676 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
16677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16679 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16681 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16683 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16684 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16690 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16691 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16694 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16695 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16697 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16698 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16700 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16701 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16703 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16704 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16705 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16706 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16707 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16708 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16709 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16710 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16711 and transmit saved text.
16714 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16715 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16719 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16726 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17842 55395))
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16729 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16730 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16731 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16732 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16733 generations (this defaults to 1).
16735 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16739 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17870
16741 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16743 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16744 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16745 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16746 is nil, raise an error.
16748 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16749 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16750 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16751 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16752 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16753 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16754 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16755 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16756 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16758 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16762 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16763 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17842 58279))
16764 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16766 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16767 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16768 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16770 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16772 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16773 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16774 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16775 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16777 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16778 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16779 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16780 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16781 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16782 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16785 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16786 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16788 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16789 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16791 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16793 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16794 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16795 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16796 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16797 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16798 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16799 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16800 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16801 to constrain a big search.
16803 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16804 except that FILTER is not optional.
16806 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16810 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17842 58279))
16811 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16813 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16814 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16815 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16816 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16817 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16818 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16819 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16820 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16821 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16822 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16823 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16824 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16825 uses the current buffer.
16827 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16831 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17842
16833 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16835 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16836 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16842 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17842
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16846 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16847 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16848 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16849 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16850 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16852 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16853 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16854 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16856 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16857 are indicated with a symbol.
16859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16863 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16864 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17842
16866 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16868 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16870 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16872 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16873 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16874 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16876 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16877 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16879 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16880 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16881 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16882 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16883 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16884 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16885 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16887 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16889 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16890 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16891 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16892 switch on this list.
16893 See `lpr-command'.")
16895 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16897 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16898 *Name of program for printing a file.
16900 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16901 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16902 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16903 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16904 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16905 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16908 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16910 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16911 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16912 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16913 for customization of the printer command.
16917 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16918 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16920 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16921 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16922 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16923 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16925 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16926 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16928 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16929 for further customization of the printer command.
16933 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16934 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16935 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16936 for customization of the printer command.
16938 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16940 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16941 Paginate and print the region contents.
16943 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16944 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16945 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16946 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16948 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16949 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16951 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16952 for further customization of the printer command.
16954 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16958 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16959 ;;;;;; (17851 20943))
16960 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16962 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16963 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16964 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16966 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16970 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17916
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16974 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16975 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16976 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16978 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16984 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17842
16986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16988 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16989 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16996 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16997 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
16998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17000 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17001 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17002 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17003 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17004 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17006 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17010 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17011 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17842 58279))
17012 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17014 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17015 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17016 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17017 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17018 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17020 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17022 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17023 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17024 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17025 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17027 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17028 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17029 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17030 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17033 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17034 use this command, and then save the file.
17036 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17038 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17039 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17040 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17041 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17042 each time the macro executes.
17043 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17044 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17045 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17046 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17047 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17048 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17049 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17053 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17054 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17055 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17056 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17058 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17059 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17060 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17063 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17064 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17066 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17067 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17068 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17069 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17070 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17072 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17075 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17076 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17077 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17079 You could enter the names in this format:
17085 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17088 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17091 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17092 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17094 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17095 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17099 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17100 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17842 55035))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17103 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17104 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17105 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17106 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17107 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17108 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17110 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17111 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17112 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17113 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17114 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17116 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17117 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17118 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17121 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17123 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17124 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17126 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17130 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17131 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17132 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17133 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17135 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17136 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17140 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17145 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17146 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17148 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17150 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17151 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17152 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17155 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17161 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17162 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17163 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17842
17165 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17167 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17168 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17169 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17170 often correct parser.")
17172 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17174 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17177 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17179 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17180 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17181 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17182 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17184 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17186 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17187 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17188 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17189 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17191 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17193 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17194 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17195 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17196 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17197 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17198 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17199 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17202 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17204 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17205 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17206 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17207 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17208 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17209 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17211 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17215 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17216 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17842 55035))
17217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17219 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17220 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17224 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17225 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17226 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17228 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17230 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17231 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17232 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17234 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17238 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17239 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17842
17241 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17243 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17244 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17245 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17247 If `parens', they look like:
17248 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17249 If `angles', they look like:
17250 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17252 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17254 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17255 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17256 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17257 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17258 their `Resent-' variants.
17260 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17261 removed from alias expansions.
17263 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17265 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17266 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17267 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17269 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17270 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17271 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17272 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17274 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17276 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17277 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17278 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17279 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17285 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17286 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17287 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17289 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17290 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17291 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17292 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17298 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17299 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17300 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17842 56332))
17301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17303 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17304 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17306 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17307 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17308 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17309 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17310 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17311 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17313 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17314 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17315 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17316 dependency, despite the colon.
17318 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17320 In the browser, use the following keys:
17322 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17324 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17326 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17327 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17329 `makefile-target-colon':
17330 The string that gets appended to all target names
17331 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17332 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17334 `makefile-macro-assign':
17335 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17336 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17337 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17338 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17339 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17340 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17342 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17343 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17344 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17346 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17347 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17349 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17350 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17351 up or down in the browser.
17353 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17354 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17356 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17357 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17359 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17360 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17361 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17362 has been selected in the browser.
17364 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17365 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17366 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17367 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17368 filenames are omitted.
17370 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17371 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17372 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17373 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17374 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17375 the backslash itself intact.
17376 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17377 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17379 `makefile-browser-hook':
17380 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17381 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17383 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17384 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17385 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17386 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17390 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17391 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17395 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17396 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17400 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17401 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17405 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17406 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17410 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17411 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17417 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17842
17419 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17421 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17422 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17423 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17429 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17842 58279))
17430 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17432 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17434 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17435 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17436 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17437 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17438 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17439 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17440 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17442 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17443 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17444 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17445 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17447 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17449 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17450 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17452 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17456 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17842 58279))
17457 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17459 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17460 Toggle Master mode.
17461 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17462 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17463 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17465 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17466 following commands:
17468 \\{master-mode-map}
17470 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17471 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17472 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17478 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17842
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17482 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17484 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17485 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17486 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17488 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17489 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17491 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17493 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17494 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17495 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17496 created in the future.
17497 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17498 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17505 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17506 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17507 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17508 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17509 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17510 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17511 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17512 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17513 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17514 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17895 25793))
17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17517 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17518 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17520 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17522 If `parens', they look like:
17523 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17524 If `angles', they look like:
17525 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17527 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17528 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17530 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17532 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17533 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17535 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17537 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17538 *Local news organization file.")
17540 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17542 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17543 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17544 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17545 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17547 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17548 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17549 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17551 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17553 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17555 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17556 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17558 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17559 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17560 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17561 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17563 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17565 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17566 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17567 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17568 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17570 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17572 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17573 *Function for citing an original message.
17574 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17575 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17576 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17578 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17580 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17581 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17582 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17583 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17584 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17586 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17588 (defvar message-signature t "\
17589 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17590 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17591 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17592 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17594 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17596 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17597 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17598 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17599 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17601 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17603 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17604 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17606 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17608 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17610 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17611 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17612 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17613 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17614 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17615 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17616 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17617 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17618 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17619 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17620 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17621 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17622 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17623 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17624 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17625 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17626 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17627 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17628 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17629 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17630 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17631 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17632 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17633 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17634 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17635 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17636 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17637 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17638 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17639 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17640 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17641 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17642 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17643 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17644 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17645 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17646 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17650 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17651 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17652 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17654 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17656 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17657 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17659 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17661 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17662 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17664 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17666 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17667 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17669 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17671 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17672 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17673 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17675 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17677 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17678 Cancel an article you posted.
17679 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17683 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17684 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17685 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17686 header line with the old Message-ID.
17690 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17691 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17695 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17696 Forward the current message via mail.
17697 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17698 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17700 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17702 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17705 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17707 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17710 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17712 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17713 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17717 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17718 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17720 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17722 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17723 Re-mail the current message.
17724 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17725 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17730 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17731 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17733 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17735 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17736 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17738 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17740 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17741 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17743 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17745 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17746 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17748 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17750 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17751 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17752 Works by overstriking characters.
17753 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17754 which specify the range to operate on.
17756 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17758 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17759 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17760 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17761 which specify the range to operate on.
17763 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17767 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17768 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
17769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17771 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17772 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17776 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17777 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17781 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17782 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17786 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17787 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17793 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17794 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17795 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17796 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17798 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17799 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17800 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17804 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17805 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17806 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17807 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17808 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17809 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17810 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17812 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17814 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17815 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17816 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17817 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17818 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17820 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17821 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17823 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17825 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17826 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17827 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17828 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17829 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17831 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17832 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17834 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17838 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17839 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17840 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17842 55144))
17841 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17843 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17844 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17845 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17849 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17850 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17851 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17855 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17856 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17858 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17859 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17860 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17862 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17863 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17865 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17866 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17868 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17870 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17872 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17873 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17874 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17875 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17876 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17879 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17880 initial Subject field, respectively.
17882 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17883 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17886 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17889 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17891 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17892 Save draft and send message.
17894 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17895 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17896 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17899 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17900 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17901 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17903 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17904 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17905 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17906 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17907 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17908 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17910 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17911 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17915 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17916 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17918 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17919 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17920 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17921 delete the draft message.
17927 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17842 55144))
17928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17930 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17932 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17934 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17936 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17937 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17943 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17944 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17842 55144))
17945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17947 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17948 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17949 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17951 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17952 the MH mail system.
17954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17956 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17957 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17958 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17960 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17961 the MH mail system.
17963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17965 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17966 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17968 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17969 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17970 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17973 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17974 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17975 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17978 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17982 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17983 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17984 can be used in several ways.
17986 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17987 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17988 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17989 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17993 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17994 The range must be nonempty.
17999 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18000 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18007 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18010 All of the messages.
18012 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18013 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18015 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18016 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18017 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18019 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18025 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18026 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17842 58279))
18027 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18029 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18030 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18031 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18032 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18033 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18034 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18035 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18036 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18037 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18038 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18039 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18043 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18044 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18045 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18046 to its second argument TM.
18048 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18052 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18053 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17842 58279))
18054 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18056 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18057 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18058 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18060 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18061 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18063 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18065 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18066 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18067 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18068 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18069 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18070 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18071 default indication.
18073 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18074 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18080 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18081 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
18082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18084 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18085 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18090 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18094 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18095 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18096 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18099 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18102 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18104 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18107 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18109 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18110 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18111 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18114 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18118 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18119 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17842 54741))
18120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18122 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18123 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18125 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18127 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18128 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18129 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18130 the entire message.
18131 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18133 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18137 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18138 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18141 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18142 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18143 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18144 the entire message.
18145 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18147 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18151 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18152 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17842 54741))
18153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18155 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18156 Insert file contents of URL.
18157 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18159 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18161 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18162 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18164 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18168 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18169 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17842 54741))
18170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18172 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18173 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18174 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18175 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18176 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18178 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18180 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18181 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18182 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18184 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18188 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18189 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18192 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18195 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18197 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18200 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18204 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18205 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18206 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17842 54741))
18207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18209 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18212 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18214 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18217 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18219 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18222 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18224 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18227 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18229 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18232 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18234 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18237 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18239 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18246 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18247 ;;;;;; (17276 13069))
18248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18250 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18251 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18252 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18253 followed by the first character of the construct.
18255 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18256 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18257 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18258 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18259 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18260 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18261 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18262 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18263 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18264 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18265 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18266 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18267 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18270 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18271 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18272 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18278 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18279 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18282 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18283 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18285 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18287 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18288 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18290 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18294 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17842
18296 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18298 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18299 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18300 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18302 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18303 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18305 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18307 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18308 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18309 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18310 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18312 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18314 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18316 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18318 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18319 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18320 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18321 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18322 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18323 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18325 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18326 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18327 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18328 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18329 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18331 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18332 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18334 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18335 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18337 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18339 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18340 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18341 primary selection and region.
18343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18347 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17862 6157))
18348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18350 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18351 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17842 58279))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18360 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18361 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18362 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18363 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18364 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18365 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18367 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18369 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18371 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18372 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18373 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18379 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18380 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18381 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18382 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18383 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18384 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
18385 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18387 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18388 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18389 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18390 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18391 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18392 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18393 set of ISO charsets.
18395 Each element has the following format:
18396 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18398 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18400 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18401 CHARSET are mapped.
18403 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18404 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18405 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18406 character code in CHARSET.
18408 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18409 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18410 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18412 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18413 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18415 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18416 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18418 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18419 Display a list of all character sets.
18421 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18422 internal Emacs use.
18424 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18425 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18426 hexadecimal digits.
18427 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18428 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18430 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18431 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18432 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18433 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18435 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18436 but still shows the full information.
18440 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18441 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18442 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18443 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18444 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18446 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18447 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18448 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18449 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18450 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18452 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18454 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18455 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18456 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18457 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18458 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18460 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18462 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18463 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18465 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18467 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18468 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18470 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18472 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18473 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18475 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18476 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18478 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18479 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18480 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18481 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18482 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18483 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18484 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18485 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18486 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18487 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18488 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18489 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18490 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18491 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18492 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18493 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18497 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18498 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18502 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18503 Display a list of all coding systems.
18504 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18506 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18507 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18511 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18512 Display a list of all coding categories.
18516 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18517 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18518 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18520 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18522 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18523 Display information about FONTSET.
18524 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18526 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18528 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18529 Display a list of all fontsets.
18530 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18531 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18532 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18536 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18537 Display information about all input methods.
18541 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18542 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18544 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18545 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18546 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18547 system which uses fontsets).
18553 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18554 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18555 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18556 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18557 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18558 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17842 54888))
18559 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18561 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18562 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18563 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18565 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18567 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18569 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18570 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18572 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18573 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18575 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18576 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18578 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18580 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18581 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18582 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18583 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18584 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18585 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18586 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18588 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18589 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18590 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18591 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18592 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18593 middle of a character in STR.
18595 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18596 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18598 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18599 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18600 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18601 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18602 defaults to \"...\".
18604 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18606 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18607 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18609 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18610 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18611 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18613 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18614 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18615 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18617 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18618 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18619 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18621 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18622 longer than KEYSEQ.
18623 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18625 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18627 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18628 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18629 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18630 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18631 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18632 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18633 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18634 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18635 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18636 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18637 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18639 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18641 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18642 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18644 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18646 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18647 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18649 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18651 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18652 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18654 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18656 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18657 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18659 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18661 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18662 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18663 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18664 coding systems ordered by priority.
18666 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18668 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18669 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18670 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18671 language environment LANG-ENV.
18673 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18675 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18676 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18677 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18678 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18679 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18680 basis, this may not be accurate.
18682 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18686 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18687 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
18688 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18690 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18691 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18692 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18694 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18695 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18697 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18699 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18700 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18701 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18702 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18706 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18707 Enable mouse wheel support.
18709 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18713 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18714 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18715 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18716 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17891 7215))
18717 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18719 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18720 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18722 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18724 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18726 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18727 `ping-program-options'.
18731 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18732 Run ipconfig program.
18736 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18738 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18739 Run netstat program.
18743 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18744 Run the arp program.
18748 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18749 Run the route program.
18753 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18754 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18758 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18759 Run nslookup program.
18763 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18764 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18768 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18773 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18778 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18779 Finger USER on HOST.
18781 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18783 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18784 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18785 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18786 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18788 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18790 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18795 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18796 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18798 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18800 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18801 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18803 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18807 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18808 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18809 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18810 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18811 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18812 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17842 58279))
18813 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18815 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18817 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18819 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18821 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18823 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18824 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18825 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18826 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18827 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18828 Major modes should set this variable.")
18830 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18831 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18832 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18833 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18834 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18835 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18837 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18838 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18840 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18841 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18842 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18844 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18845 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18846 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18847 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18848 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18850 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18851 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18852 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18854 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18855 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18856 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18857 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18859 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18860 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18861 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18862 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18863 column indentation or nil.
18864 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18866 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18867 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18868 The function has no args.
18870 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18871 comments always start in column zero.")
18873 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18874 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18875 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18877 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18879 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18880 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18881 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18882 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18884 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18885 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18887 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18889 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18890 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18891 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18892 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18893 customize this variable.
18895 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18896 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18898 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18900 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18901 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18902 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18903 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18904 the variables are properly set.
18906 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18908 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18909 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18913 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18914 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18915 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18917 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18919 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18920 Set the comment column based on point.
18921 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18922 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18923 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18924 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18928 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18929 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18930 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18934 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18935 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18936 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18939 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18941 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18942 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18943 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18944 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18945 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18946 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18947 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18948 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18950 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18951 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18953 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18955 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18956 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18957 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18958 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18960 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18962 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18963 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18964 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18965 is passed on to the respective function.
18967 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18969 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18970 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18971 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18972 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18973 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18974 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18975 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18976 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18977 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18981 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18982 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18983 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18985 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18987 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18988 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18989 This indents the body of the continued comment
18990 under the previous comment line.
18992 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18993 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18994 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18996 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18997 or comment indentation.
18999 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19000 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19002 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19006 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19007 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19008 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17873 44590))
19009 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19011 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19012 Check whether newsticker is running.
19013 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19014 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19018 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19019 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19020 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19021 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19026 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19027 Start the newsticker.
19028 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19029 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19030 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19031 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19033 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19035 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19036 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19037 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19042 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19043 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19049 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19050 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19053 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19054 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19056 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19060 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17842
19062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19064 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19065 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19066 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19067 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19068 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19069 symbol in the alist.
19071 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19075 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19076 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19079 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19080 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19081 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19087 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19088 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19091 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19092 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19093 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19099 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19100 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19103 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19104 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19106 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19110 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19111 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17842 54741))
19112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19114 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19115 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19119 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19120 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19124 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19125 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19131 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19132 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17842 58279))
19133 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19135 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19136 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19137 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19139 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19141 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19144 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19146 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19147 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19148 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19149 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19150 to future sessions.
19152 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19154 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19155 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19156 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19157 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19158 to future sessions.
19160 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19164 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19165 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
19166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19168 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19169 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19171 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19172 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19173 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19180 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19183 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19184 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19185 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19186 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19187 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19193 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19194 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19197 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19198 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19199 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19201 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19203 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19204 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19206 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19207 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19208 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19212 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19216 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19217 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19220 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19221 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19223 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19224 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19225 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19226 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19228 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19229 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19230 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19231 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19232 is why you need this mode!).
19234 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19235 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19236 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19238 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19243 \\{octave-mode-map}
19245 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19246 ==============================================
19249 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19252 octave-auto-newline
19253 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19256 octave-blink-matching-block
19257 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19258 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19260 octave-block-offset
19261 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19264 octave-continuation-offset
19265 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19268 octave-continuation-string
19269 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19270 Default is a backslash.
19272 octave-mode-startup-message
19273 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19276 octave-send-echo-input
19277 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19278 command to the inferior Octave process.
19280 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19281 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19282 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19284 octave-send-echo-input
19285 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19287 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19289 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19290 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19292 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19293 (setq auto-mode-alist
19294 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19296 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19297 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19299 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19303 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19304 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19306 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19307 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19308 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19309 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19315 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19316 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19317 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19318 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19319 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19320 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19321 ;;;;;; (17916 11508))
19322 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19324 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19325 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19326 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19328 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19329 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19330 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19331 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19332 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19333 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19334 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19335 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19336 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19337 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19339 The following commands are available:
19345 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19346 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19348 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19349 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19350 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19351 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19352 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19354 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19355 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19356 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19357 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19358 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19359 and zoom in further.
19360 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19362 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19363 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19364 is negative, go up that many levels.
19366 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19367 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19368 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19370 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19371 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19375 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19376 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19380 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19381 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19385 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19386 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19390 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19391 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19392 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19393 \\[org-insert-link].
19394 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19395 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19396 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19400 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19401 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19402 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19403 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19404 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19408 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19409 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19410 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19411 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19413 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19415 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19416 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19417 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19418 of the remember buffer.
19422 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19423 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19424 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19425 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19426 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19427 file the text at a specific location.
19428 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19429 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19430 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19432 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19433 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19434 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19435 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19436 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19437 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19438 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19439 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19441 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19442 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19443 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19444 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19446 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19447 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19448 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19450 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19451 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19452 \(i.e. after the stars).
19454 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19458 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19459 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19460 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19461 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19463 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19464 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19465 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19466 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19467 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19468 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19469 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19470 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19472 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19473 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19474 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19476 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19477 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19478 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19482 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19483 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19484 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19485 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19486 before running the agenda command.
19488 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19490 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19491 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19492 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19493 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19497 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19498 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19499 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19500 will be able to go to other weeks.
19501 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19502 also be shown, under the current date.
19503 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19504 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19505 to turn on logging.
19506 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19507 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19508 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19510 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19512 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19513 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19514 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19515 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19516 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19517 `org-todo-keywords'.
19521 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19522 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19523 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19525 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19527 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19528 Return diary information from org-files.
19529 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19530 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19531 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19532 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19534 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19535 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19536 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19538 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19539 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19540 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19541 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19543 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19544 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19545 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19547 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19548 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19549 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19550 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19552 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19554 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19556 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19557 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19561 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19562 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19565 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19567 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19568 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19569 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19571 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19573 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19574 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19575 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19576 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19580 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19581 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19582 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19583 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19587 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19588 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19589 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19595 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19596 ;;;;;; (17881 61722))
19597 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19598 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19600 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19601 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19602 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19603 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19605 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19606 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19607 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19608 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19610 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19611 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19612 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19613 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19614 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19615 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19617 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19618 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19619 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19621 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19622 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19623 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19624 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19625 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19626 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19627 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19628 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19629 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19630 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19631 The subheadings remain visible.
19632 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19634 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19635 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19636 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19638 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19639 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19643 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19644 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19645 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19646 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17842
19654 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19655 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19656 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19657 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19658 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19659 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19660 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19661 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19662 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19663 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19667 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17842 58279))
19668 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19670 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19671 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19672 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19674 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19675 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19677 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19679 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19680 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19681 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19682 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19684 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19685 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19691 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19692 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
19693 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19695 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19696 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19697 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19698 unknown are returned as nil.
19700 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19704 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17842
19706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19708 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19709 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19710 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19712 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19713 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19715 Other useful functions are:
19717 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19718 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19719 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19720 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19721 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19722 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19723 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19724 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19725 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19727 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19729 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19730 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19731 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19732 Indentation for case statements.
19733 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19734 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19736 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19737 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19738 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19739 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19740 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19741 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19742 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19743 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19744 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19745 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19747 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19748 pascal-separator-keywords.
19750 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19751 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19757 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19758 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
19759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19761 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19762 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19763 The keys affected are:
19764 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19765 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19766 M-Backspace does undo.
19767 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19768 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19769 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19775 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19776 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17842 54264))
19777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19779 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19780 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19781 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19784 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19786 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19788 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19789 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19791 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19793 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19794 which modify the status of the mark.
19796 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19797 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19799 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19800 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19802 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19803 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19804 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19805 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19806 turning PC Selection mode on.
19808 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19809 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19811 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19812 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19813 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19815 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19816 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19817 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19819 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19820 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19822 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19823 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19824 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19826 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19827 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19828 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19834 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19835 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19840 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19841 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19842 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19843 and cursor movement commands.
19844 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19845 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19846 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19848 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19852 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17842
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19856 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19857 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19863 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19864 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17842 58279))
19865 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19867 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19868 Completion for `gzip'.
19872 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19873 Completion for `bzip2'.
19877 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19878 Completion for GNU `make'.
19882 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19883 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19887 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19891 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19892 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17842 58279))
19893 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19895 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19896 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19900 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19901 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19905 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19906 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19912 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17842
19914 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19916 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19917 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19918 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19919 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19920 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19921 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19927 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19928 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19929 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17842 58279))
19930 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19932 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19933 Completion for `cd'.
19937 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19939 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19940 Completion for `rmdir'.
19944 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19945 Completion for `rm'.
19949 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19950 Completion for `xargs'.
19954 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19956 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19957 Completion for `which'.
19961 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19962 Completion for the `chown' command.
19966 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19967 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19973 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19974 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19975 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17900
19977 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19979 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19980 Support extensible programmable completion.
19981 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19982 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19984 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19986 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19987 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19991 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19992 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19993 This will modify the current buffer.
19997 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19998 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20002 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20003 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20004 This will modify the current buffer.
20008 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20009 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20013 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20014 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20018 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20019 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20020 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20021 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20022 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20024 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20026 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20027 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20033 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20034 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20035 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17842 58279))
20036 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20038 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20039 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20040 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20041 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20043 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20045 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20047 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20048 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20049 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20050 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20051 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20052 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20055 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20057 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20058 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20059 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20060 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20061 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20062 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20063 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20064 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20066 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20068 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20069 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20070 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20071 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20072 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20073 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20074 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20077 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20079 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20080 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20081 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20082 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20083 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20084 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20085 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20087 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20089 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20091 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20092 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20093 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20095 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20097 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20098 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20099 nil means never do it.
20100 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20101 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20102 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20104 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20106 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20107 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20108 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17842 58279))
20113 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20115 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20119 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20120 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
20121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20123 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20124 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20125 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20126 Tab indents for Perl code.
20127 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20128 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20129 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20131 Variables controlling indentation style:
20132 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20133 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20134 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20135 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20136 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20137 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20138 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20140 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20141 `perl-indent-level'
20142 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20143 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20144 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20145 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20146 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20147 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20148 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20149 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20150 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20151 `perl-brace-offset'
20152 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20153 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20154 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20155 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20156 `perl-label-offset'
20157 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20158 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20159 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20161 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20162 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20163 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20164 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20165 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20166 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20167 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20169 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20175 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20176 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20177 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20178 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17842 58279))
20179 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20181 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20182 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20184 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20186 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20187 passphrase cache or user.
20189 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20191 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20192 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20194 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20197 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20199 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20200 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20202 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20205 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20206 passphrase cache or user.
20208 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20210 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20211 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20213 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20215 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20218 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20219 passphrase cache or user.
20221 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20223 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20224 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20226 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20227 passphrase cache or user.
20229 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20231 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20232 Decrypt the current buffer.
20234 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20237 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20238 passphrase cache or user.
20240 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20242 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20243 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20245 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20246 a detached signature.
20248 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20249 and the the output is displayed.
20251 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20252 passphrase cache or user.
20254 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20256 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20257 Sign the current buffer.
20259 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20260 detached signature.
20262 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20265 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20266 and the the output is displayed.
20268 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20269 passphrase cache or user.
20271 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20273 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20274 Verify the current region between START and END.
20275 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20276 the detached signature of the current region.
20278 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20279 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20281 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20283 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20284 Verify the current buffer.
20285 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20286 the detached signature of the current region.
20287 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20288 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20289 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20292 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20294 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20295 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20299 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20300 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20302 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20304 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20305 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20311 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20312 ;;;;;; (17887 33207))
20313 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20315 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20316 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20318 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20322 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20323 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20324 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20326 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20327 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20328 \\<picture-mode-map>
20329 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20330 afterwards settable by these commands:
20332 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20333 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20334 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20335 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20337 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20338 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20339 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20340 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20342 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20343 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20344 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20345 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20347 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20348 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20349 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20350 with these commands:
20352 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20353 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20354 Move to column following last
20355 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20356 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20357 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20358 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20359 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20360 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20362 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20364 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20365 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20366 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20367 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20368 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20369 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20371 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20372 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20373 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20374 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20375 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20376 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20377 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20379 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20380 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20381 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20382 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20383 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20384 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20385 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20386 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20388 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20389 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20390 by supplying an argument.
20392 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20394 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20395 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20399 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20403 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20404 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20407 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20408 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20409 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20411 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20415 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17842 55395))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20418 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20419 Play pong and waste time.
20420 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20421 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20423 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20431 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20432 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 19612))
20433 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20435 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20436 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20437 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20438 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20440 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20442 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20443 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20447 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20448 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20449 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20450 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20451 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20453 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20455 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20456 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20457 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20459 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20461 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20462 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20463 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20464 Ignores leading comment characters.
20470 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20471 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20472 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20473 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20474 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20475 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20476 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20477 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20478 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20479 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20480 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20481 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20482 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20483 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20484 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20485 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20486 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20487 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20488 ;;;;;; (17866 8704))
20489 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20491 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20492 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20494 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20496 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20500 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20501 Preview directory using ghostview.
20503 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20504 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20505 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20506 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20508 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20509 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20510 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20511 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20512 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20515 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20517 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20519 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20520 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20522 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20523 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20524 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20525 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20527 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20528 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20529 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20530 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20531 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20534 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20536 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20538 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20539 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20541 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20542 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20543 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20544 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20546 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20547 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20548 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20549 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20550 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20553 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20555 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20557 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20558 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20560 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20562 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20563 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20564 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20565 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20567 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20568 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20569 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20570 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20571 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20574 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20576 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20578 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20579 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20581 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20582 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20583 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20585 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20586 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20587 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20588 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20590 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20592 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20593 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20595 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20596 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20597 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20599 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20600 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20601 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20602 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20604 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20606 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20607 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20609 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20610 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20611 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20613 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20614 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20615 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20616 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20618 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20620 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20621 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20623 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20625 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20626 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20627 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20629 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20630 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20631 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20632 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20634 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20636 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20637 Preview region using ghostview.
20639 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20641 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20643 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20644 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20646 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20648 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20650 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20651 Print region using PostScript printer.
20653 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20655 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20657 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20658 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20660 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20662 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20664 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20665 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20667 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20669 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20671 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20672 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20674 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20676 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20678 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20679 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20681 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20683 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20685 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20686 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20688 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20690 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20692 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20693 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20694 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20695 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20697 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20700 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20701 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20703 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20705 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20707 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20708 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20709 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20710 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20714 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20715 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20716 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20717 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20721 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20722 Print directory using text printer.
20724 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20727 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20728 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20730 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20732 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20734 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20735 Print buffer using text printer.
20739 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20740 Print region using text printer.
20744 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20745 Print major mode using text printer.
20749 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20750 Preview spooled PostScript.
20752 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20753 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20754 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20756 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20757 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20758 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20760 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20762 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20763 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20765 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20766 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20767 instead of sending it to the printer.
20769 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20770 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20771 image in a file with that name.
20773 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20775 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20776 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20778 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20779 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20780 instead of sending it to the printer.
20782 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20783 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20784 image in a file with that name.
20786 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20788 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20789 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20791 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20792 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20793 instead of sending it to the printer.
20795 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20796 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20797 image in a file with that name.
20799 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20801 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20802 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20804 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20806 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20807 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20809 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20811 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20812 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20814 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20816 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20817 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20819 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20821 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20822 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20824 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20826 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20827 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20829 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20830 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20831 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20832 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20834 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20835 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20836 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20837 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20838 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20839 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20842 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20844 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20845 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20849 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20850 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20852 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20854 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20859 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20860 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20864 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20865 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20869 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20870 Toggle printing with faces.
20874 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20879 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20884 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20887 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20889 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20894 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20899 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20900 Toggle upside-down.
20904 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20905 Toggle line number.
20909 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20910 Toggle zebra stripes.
20914 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20915 Toggle printing header.
20919 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20920 Toggle printing header frame.
20924 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20929 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20930 Toggle auto region.
20934 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20939 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20940 Customization of the `printing' group.
20942 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20944 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20945 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20947 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20949 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20950 Help for the printing package.
20952 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20954 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20955 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20959 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20960 Interactively select a text printer.
20964 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20965 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20969 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20970 Show current ps-print settings.
20972 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20974 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20975 Show current printing settings.
20977 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20979 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20980 Show current lpr settings.
20982 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20984 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20985 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20987 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20988 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20989 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20990 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20993 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20995 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20996 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20997 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20999 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21000 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21001 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21002 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21003 current active printer.
21005 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21006 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21007 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21010 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21011 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21012 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21013 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21014 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21017 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21018 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21020 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21022 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21023 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21024 be done using the new current active printer.
21026 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21027 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21030 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21031 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21032 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21033 instead of sending it to the printer.
21035 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21036 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21039 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21042 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21045 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21047 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21048 Fast fire function for text printing.
21050 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21051 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21052 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21053 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21055 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21056 user for a new active text printer.
21058 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21060 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21062 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21063 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21066 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21068 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21071 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21075 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21076 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
21077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21079 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21080 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21081 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21083 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21084 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21085 if that value is non-nil.
21089 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21091 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21092 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21093 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21095 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17842 58279))
21100 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21102 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21103 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21104 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21108 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17842
21110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21112 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21113 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21115 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21117 The following variables hold user options, and can
21118 be set through the `customize' command:
21120 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21122 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21123 `ps-mode-print-function'
21125 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21129 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21132 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21138 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21139 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21140 The keymap for this second window is:
21142 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21145 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21146 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21147 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21148 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21149 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21155 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21156 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21157 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21158 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17842 58279))
21159 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21161 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21162 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21166 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21167 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21168 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21169 changed by setting the variable
21170 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21171 The initial value of this variable is
21172 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21175 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21176 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21177 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21178 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21179 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21180 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21183 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21184 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21185 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21186 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21187 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21188 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21189 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21190 use this value, be sure to have installed
21191 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21192 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21193 documentation of this variable).
21195 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21196 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21197 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21198 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21199 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21200 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21202 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21204 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21206 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21207 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21208 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21210 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21212 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21217 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21218 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21220 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21222 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21226 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21228 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21231 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21233 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21234 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21236 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21239 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21243 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21245 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21248 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21250 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21251 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21255 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21256 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21257 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21259 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21261 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21262 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21263 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21265 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21267 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21274 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21275 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21276 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21277 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21278 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21279 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17900
21281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21283 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21284 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21285 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21287 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21289 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21290 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21291 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21292 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21294 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21296 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21297 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21301 nil Do not print colors.
21305 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21306 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21308 Any other value is treated as t.")
21310 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21312 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21313 Customization of ps-print group.
21317 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21318 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21320 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21321 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21322 sending it to the printer.
21324 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21325 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21326 image in a file with that name.
21328 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21330 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21331 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21332 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21333 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21334 so it has a way to determine color values.
21336 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21338 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21339 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21340 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21342 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21344 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21345 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21346 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21347 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21348 so it has a way to determine color values.
21350 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21352 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21353 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21354 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21355 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21357 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21361 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21362 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21363 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21364 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21365 so it has a way to determine color values.
21367 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21371 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21372 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21373 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21375 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21377 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21379 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21380 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21381 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21382 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21383 so it has a way to determine color values.
21385 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21387 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21389 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21390 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21392 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21393 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21394 instead of sending it to the printer.
21396 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21397 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21398 image in a file with that name.
21400 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21402 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21403 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21404 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21405 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21406 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21410 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21411 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21412 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21414 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21416 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21417 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21418 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21420 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21422 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21423 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21427 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21428 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21430 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21431 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21433 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21434 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21436 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21438 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21440 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21442 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21443 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21445 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21446 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21448 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21449 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21451 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21453 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21455 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21457 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21458 foreground and background colors respectively.
21460 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21461 bold - use bold font.
21462 italic - use italic font.
21463 underline - put a line under text.
21464 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21465 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21466 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21467 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21468 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21470 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21472 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21476 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21477 ;;;;;; (17918 44913))
21478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21480 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21482 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21484 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21486 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21487 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21488 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21489 buffer automatically.
21491 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21492 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21493 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21494 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21495 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21496 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21497 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21499 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21500 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21501 buffer for a list of commands.)
21503 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21505 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21506 Major mode for editing Python files.
21507 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21508 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21509 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21510 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21512 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21513 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21514 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21515 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21516 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21517 \\<python-mode-map>
21518 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21519 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21520 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21521 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21522 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21523 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21525 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21526 effect outside them.
21528 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21529 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21530 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21531 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21532 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21533 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21534 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21535 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21536 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21538 \\{python-mode-map}
21542 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21543 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21544 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21545 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21551 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21552 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
21553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21555 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21556 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21557 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21560 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21561 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21563 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21564 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21565 them into characters should be done separately.
21567 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21571 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21572 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21573 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21574 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21575 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17859 9187))
21576 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21578 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21579 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21583 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21584 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21585 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21587 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21588 `quail-activate', which see.
21590 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21592 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21593 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21594 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21595 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21596 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21597 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21598 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21600 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21601 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21602 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21603 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21604 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21606 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21608 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21609 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21610 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21611 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21612 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21613 list of candidates.
21615 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21616 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21617 command to be called.
21619 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21620 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21621 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21622 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21624 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21625 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21626 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21627 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21628 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21631 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21632 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21633 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21634 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21636 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21637 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21638 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21639 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21641 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21642 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21643 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21644 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21645 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21646 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21648 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21649 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21650 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21651 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21652 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21653 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21655 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21656 covers Quail translation region.
21658 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21659 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21660 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21661 for it) is inserted.
21663 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21664 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21665 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21667 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21668 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21669 non-Quail commands.
21671 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21673 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21674 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21676 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21677 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21678 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21679 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21680 you type is correctly handled.
21682 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21684 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21685 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21687 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21690 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21692 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21693 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21694 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21695 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21696 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21697 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21698 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21699 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21700 for the translation.
21701 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21703 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21704 it is used to handle KEY.
21706 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21707 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21708 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21709 the following annotation types are supported.
21711 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21712 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21714 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21717 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21718 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21719 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21722 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21723 generated for the following translations.
21725 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21727 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21728 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21730 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21731 which to install MAP.
21733 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21735 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21737 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21738 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21740 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21741 which to install MAP.
21743 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21745 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21747 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21748 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21749 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21750 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21751 a function, or a cons.
21752 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21753 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21754 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21755 for the translation.
21756 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21757 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21758 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21759 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21760 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21762 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21763 it is used to handle KEY.
21765 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21766 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21767 current Quail package.
21769 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21770 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21772 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21774 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21775 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21777 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21778 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21780 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21782 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21783 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21785 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21787 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21788 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21789 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21790 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21791 of the Emacs source tree.
21793 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21794 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21796 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21797 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21800 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21804 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21805 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21806 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17842
21808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21810 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21811 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21812 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21813 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21815 To make use of this do something like:
21817 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21819 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21821 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21822 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21824 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21825 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21826 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21828 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21830 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21831 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21833 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21835 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21836 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21838 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21841 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21843 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21844 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21846 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21847 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21848 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21850 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21852 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21853 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21855 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21857 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21858 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21862 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21863 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21865 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21867 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21871 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21872 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21878 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21879 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17907 1946))
21880 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21882 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21884 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21888 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21890 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21893 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21895 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21896 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21897 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21899 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21900 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21902 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21904 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21905 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21911 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17842
21913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21915 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21916 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21919 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21923 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21924 ;;;;;; (17917 37732))
21925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21927 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21929 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21930 Construct a regexp interactively.
21936 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17842 58279))
21937 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21939 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21940 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21941 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21944 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21946 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21948 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21949 Toggle recentf mode.
21950 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21951 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21953 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21954 that were operated on recently.
21956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21960 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21961 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21962 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21963 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17842
21965 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21967 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21968 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21969 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21970 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21972 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21974 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21976 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21977 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21978 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21979 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21982 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21983 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21986 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21988 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21989 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21990 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21992 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21993 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21996 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21998 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21999 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22000 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22002 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22004 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22005 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22007 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22008 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22010 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22013 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22014 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22015 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22016 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22019 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22021 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22022 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22026 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22027 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22028 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22029 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22030 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22031 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22032 and point is at the lower right corner.
22034 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22036 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22037 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22039 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22040 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22042 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22043 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22044 on the right side of the rectangle.
22046 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22048 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22050 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22051 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22052 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22053 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22054 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22056 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22057 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22059 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22061 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22062 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22063 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22065 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22067 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22069 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22071 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22072 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22074 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22075 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22076 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22078 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22080 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22081 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22082 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22084 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22085 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22086 rectangle which were empty.
22088 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22092 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17842
22094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22096 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22097 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22098 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22100 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22101 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22102 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22108 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22109 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17842 58276))
22110 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22112 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22113 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22117 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22118 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22120 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22121 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22123 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22124 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22125 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22128 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22129 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22130 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22132 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22133 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22134 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22136 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22137 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22139 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22140 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22142 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22143 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22146 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22150 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22151 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22152 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22158 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22159 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22162 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22163 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22164 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22165 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22166 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22167 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22169 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22171 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22173 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22174 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22175 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22176 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22177 `reftex-cite-format'.
22179 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22180 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22181 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22182 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22184 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22188 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22189 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
22190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22192 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22193 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22194 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22195 the current TeX document.
22197 With no argument, this command toggles
22198 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22199 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22205 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22206 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22209 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22210 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22211 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22213 To insert new phrases, use
22214 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22215 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22217 To index phrases use one of:
22219 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22220 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22221 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22222 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22223 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22225 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22226 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22228 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22230 Here are all local bindings.
22232 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22238 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22239 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
22240 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22242 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22243 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22244 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22247 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17842
22253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22254 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22255 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22256 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22257 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22261 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22262 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22265 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22266 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22267 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22268 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22269 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22270 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22272 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22273 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22275 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22278 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22280 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22281 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22282 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22283 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22285 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22289 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17842 58279))
22290 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22292 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22293 Repeat most recently executed command.
22294 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22295 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22296 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22298 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22299 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22300 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22302 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22306 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22307 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22310 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22311 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22313 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22314 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22315 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22316 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22317 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22318 and point is left after the salutation.
22320 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22321 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22322 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22323 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22324 left after that text.
22326 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22329 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22330 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22331 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22332 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22334 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22338 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22339 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22340 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22342 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22343 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22344 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22345 visibility of comments that precede it.
22346 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22347 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22348 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22349 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22350 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22351 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22352 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22353 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22355 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22356 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22357 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22358 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22359 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22362 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22366 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17842
22368 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22370 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22371 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22377 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22378 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22379 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22381 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22382 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22383 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22385 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22386 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22387 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22391 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22392 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22393 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22394 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22395 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22396 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22398 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22400 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22401 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22402 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22404 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22405 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22406 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22412 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22413 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22416 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22417 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22421 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22422 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22424 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22428 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17842 55218))
22429 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22430 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22432 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22433 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22434 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22435 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22437 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22439 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22440 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22441 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22442 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22444 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22445 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22447 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22448 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22450 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22451 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22454 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22455 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22456 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22457 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22458 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22460 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22461 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22462 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22463 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22465 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22466 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22469 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22473 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22474 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22475 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22476 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22477 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22478 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22479 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17888
22481 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22483 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22484 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22485 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22487 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22489 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22490 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22491 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22492 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22494 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22496 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22497 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22498 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22499 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22500 value is the user's email address and name.)
22501 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22503 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22504 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22505 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22506 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22507 which normally happens once for each message,
22508 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22509 To make a change in this variable take effect
22510 for a message that you have already viewed,
22511 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22513 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22515 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22516 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22517 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22518 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22520 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22522 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22523 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22525 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22527 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22528 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22529 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22530 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22532 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22534 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22535 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22537 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22539 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22540 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22542 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22544 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22545 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22546 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22547 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22548 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22550 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22552 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22553 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22554 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22555 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22557 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22559 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22560 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22562 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22564 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22565 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22567 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22569 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22570 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22572 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22574 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22575 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22577 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22578 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22580 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22581 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22583 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22585 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22586 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22588 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22589 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22590 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22591 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22593 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22594 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22596 This is set to nil by default.")
22598 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22599 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22600 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22601 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22602 until a user explicitly requires it.
22604 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22605 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22608 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22610 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22611 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22612 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22613 It is called with no argument.")
22615 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22616 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22617 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22618 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22619 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22620 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22621 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22623 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22624 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22625 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22626 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22627 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22628 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22630 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22631 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22632 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22633 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22634 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22636 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22637 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22638 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22639 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22640 MSG is the message number,
22641 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22642 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22644 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22645 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22646 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22647 this feature is required with `require'.
22649 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22650 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22652 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22653 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22654 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22655 the message is decoded as normal way.
22657 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22658 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22659 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22661 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22662 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22663 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22665 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22666 Read and edit incoming mail.
22667 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22668 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22669 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22671 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22672 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22673 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22674 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22676 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22678 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22680 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22681 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22682 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22683 Instead, these commands are available:
22685 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22686 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22687 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22688 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22689 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22690 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22691 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22692 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22693 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22694 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22695 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22696 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22697 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22698 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22699 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22700 till a deleted message is found.
22701 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22702 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22703 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22704 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22705 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22706 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22707 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22708 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22709 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22710 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22711 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22712 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22713 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22714 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22715 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22716 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22717 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22718 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22719 (label defaults to last one specified).
22720 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22721 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22722 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22723 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22724 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22725 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22726 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22727 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22728 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22732 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22733 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22735 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22737 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22738 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22740 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22744 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22745 ;;;;;; (17887 18399))
22746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22748 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22749 Edit the contents of this message.
22755 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22756 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22757 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17842 55035))
22758 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22760 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22761 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22762 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22764 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22766 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22767 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22768 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22770 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22772 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22775 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22777 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22778 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22779 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22780 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22781 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22783 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22785 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22786 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22787 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22788 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22789 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22791 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22795 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22796 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22797 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22799 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22800 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22801 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22802 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22804 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22808 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22809 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22810 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17842 55035))
22811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22813 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22814 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22815 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22816 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22817 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22818 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22819 a file name as a string.")
22821 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22823 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22824 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22825 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22826 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22827 buffer visiting that file.
22828 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22829 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22831 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22832 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22834 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22835 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22837 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22838 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22840 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22842 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22843 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22845 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22847 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22848 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22849 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22850 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22851 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22853 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22854 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22855 will be appended with their original headers.
22857 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22858 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22860 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22861 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22863 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22865 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22867 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22868 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22869 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22871 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22875 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22876 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22877 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17842
22879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22881 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22882 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22883 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22885 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22887 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22888 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22889 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22891 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22893 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22894 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22895 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22897 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22899 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22900 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22901 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22903 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22905 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22906 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22907 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22909 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22911 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22912 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22913 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22915 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22917 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22918 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22919 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22920 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22922 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22926 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22927 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22928 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22929 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22930 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17842 55035))
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22933 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22934 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22936 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22938 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22939 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22941 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22943 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22944 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22948 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22949 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22950 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22952 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22954 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22955 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22956 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22957 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22958 only look in the To and From fields.
22959 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22961 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22963 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22964 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22965 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22966 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22967 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22969 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22971 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22972 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22973 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22974 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22975 look in the whole message.
22976 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22978 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22980 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22981 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22982 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22984 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22986 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22987 *Function to decode summary-line.
22989 By default, `identity' is set.")
22991 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22993 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22994 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22995 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22996 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22997 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22998 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22999 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23001 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23002 sent by you under different user names.
23003 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23005 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23007 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23011 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23012 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17842 58279))
23013 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23015 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23016 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23018 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23020 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23021 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23023 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23025 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23026 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23028 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23030 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23031 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23032 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23034 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23035 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23038 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23042 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23043 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23049 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17833
23051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23053 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23054 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23060 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17842
23062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23064 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23065 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23066 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23067 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23069 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23071 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23072 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23073 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23074 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23076 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23080 matches string STRING literally.
23083 matches character CHAR literally.
23085 `not-newline', `nonl'
23086 matches any character except a newline.
23089 matches any character
23094 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23095 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23096 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23098 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23099 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23100 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23101 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23103 `(not (any SET ...))'
23104 matches any character not in SET ...
23106 `line-start', `bol'
23107 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23108 in the text being matched
23111 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23113 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23114 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23115 string being matched against.
23117 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23118 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23119 string being matched against.
23122 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23123 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23126 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23127 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23130 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23132 `word-start', `bow'
23133 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23137 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23140 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23143 `(not word-boundary)'
23144 `not-word-boundary'
23145 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23148 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23149 matches 0 through 9.
23152 matches ASCII control characters.
23154 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23155 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23158 matches space and tab only.
23161 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23164 `printing', `print'
23165 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23168 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23169 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23170 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23172 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23173 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23174 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23177 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23180 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23182 `lower', `lower-case'
23183 matches anything lower-case.
23185 `upper', `upper-case'
23186 matches anything upper-case.
23188 `punctuation', `punct'
23189 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23190 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23192 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23193 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23196 matches anything that has word syntax.
23199 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23202 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23203 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23204 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23206 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23207 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23210 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23211 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23212 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23213 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23214 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23216 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23217 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23218 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23219 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23220 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23222 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23223 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23225 `(category CATEGORY)'
23226 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23227 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23229 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23230 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23231 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23232 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23236 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23237 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23238 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23239 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23240 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23241 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23242 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23243 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23244 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23245 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23246 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23247 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23248 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23249 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23258 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23262 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23264 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23269 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23270 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23272 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23273 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23274 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23275 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23276 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23278 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23279 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23280 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23281 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23283 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23284 another name for `submatch'.
23286 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23287 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23288 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23289 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23290 regular expression.
23292 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23293 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23294 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23295 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23296 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23298 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23299 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23301 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23302 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23304 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23306 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23309 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23310 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23313 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23314 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23316 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23318 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23321 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23324 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23326 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23327 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23329 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23332 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23335 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23339 matches N occurrences.
23342 matches N or more occurrences.
23344 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23345 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23346 matches N to M occurrences.
23349 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23352 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23355 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23358 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23362 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23364 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23368 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23369 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
23370 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23372 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23373 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23374 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23377 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23379 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23380 Toggle savehist-mode.
23381 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23382 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23383 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23384 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23386 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23387 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23388 which is probably undesirable.
23394 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23395 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23398 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23399 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23400 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23402 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23403 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23404 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23405 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23406 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23407 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23408 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23409 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23412 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23413 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23414 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23415 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23416 if that value is non-nil.
23420 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23421 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23422 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23425 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23426 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23427 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23428 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23429 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23430 that variable's value is a string.
23436 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23437 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
23438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23440 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23441 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23442 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23444 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23450 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23451 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23452 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23454 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23455 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23456 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23458 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23459 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23461 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23463 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23464 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23465 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23466 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23467 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23473 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23474 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23475 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23477 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23478 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23479 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23480 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23481 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23488 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23489 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23490 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23491 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23492 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23493 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23494 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23495 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23496 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17842 55035))
23497 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23499 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23500 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23502 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23504 If `parens', they look like:
23505 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23506 If `angles', they look like:
23507 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23508 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23509 derived from the envelope-from address.
23511 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23512 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23513 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23514 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23516 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23518 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23519 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23520 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23521 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23523 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23524 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23525 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23526 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23528 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23530 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23531 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23532 This is done when the message is initialized,
23533 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23535 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23537 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23538 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23539 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23541 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23543 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23545 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23546 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23547 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23548 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23549 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23550 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23551 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23553 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23555 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23556 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23558 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23560 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23561 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23562 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23564 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23566 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23567 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23568 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23569 when you first send mail.")
23571 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23573 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23574 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23575 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23576 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23577 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23579 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23581 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23582 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23583 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23584 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23585 This file need not actually exist.")
23587 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23589 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23590 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23591 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23593 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23595 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23596 Alist of mail address aliases,
23597 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23598 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23599 can specify a different file name.)
23600 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23601 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23603 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23604 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23605 nil means use indentation.")
23607 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23609 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23610 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23611 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23613 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23615 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23616 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23617 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23618 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23619 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23620 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23621 in the cited portion of the message.
23623 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23624 instead of no action.")
23626 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23628 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23629 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23630 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23631 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23632 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23634 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23636 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23637 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23638 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23639 If a string, that string is inserted.
23640 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23641 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23642 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23643 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23645 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23647 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23648 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23650 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23652 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23653 Directory for mail buffers.
23654 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23655 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23657 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23659 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23660 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23661 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23662 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23664 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23666 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23667 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23668 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23669 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23672 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23674 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23675 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23676 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23677 `query' means ask the user each time.
23678 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23679 The default is `mime'.
23680 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23681 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23683 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23685 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23686 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23687 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23689 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23690 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23692 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23693 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23694 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23695 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23696 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23697 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23698 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23699 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23700 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23701 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23702 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23703 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23704 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23708 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23709 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23711 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23712 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23714 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23716 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23717 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23718 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23719 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23720 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23721 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23723 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23724 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23725 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23727 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23728 User should not set this variable manually,
23729 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23730 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23731 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23732 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23734 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23735 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23736 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23737 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23739 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23740 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23743 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23745 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23746 to move to message header fields:
23749 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23750 when the message is initialized.
23752 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23753 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23755 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23758 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23759 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23761 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23762 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23763 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23764 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23765 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23766 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23767 buffer without erasing the contents.
23769 The second through fifth arguments,
23770 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23771 the initial contents of those header fields.
23772 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23773 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23774 original message being replied to, or else an action
23775 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23776 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23777 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23778 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23779 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23780 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23782 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23784 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23785 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23787 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23789 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23790 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23792 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23796 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23797 ;;;;;; (17851 41487))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23800 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23801 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23802 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23803 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23804 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23805 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23807 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23808 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23810 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23812 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23813 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23814 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23817 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23819 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23821 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23822 Toggle Server mode.
23823 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23824 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23825 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23831 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17902 31690))
23832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23834 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23835 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23836 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
23840 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23841 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23842 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23843 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23849 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23850 ;;;;;; (17887 16434))
23851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23853 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23854 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23856 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23859 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23860 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23861 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23863 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23864 in your `.emacs' file.
23866 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23868 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23869 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23874 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23876 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23877 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23878 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23879 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23880 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23881 which this is based.
23883 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23885 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23886 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23887 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23888 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23890 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23891 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23892 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23894 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23895 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23896 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23897 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23899 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23900 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23901 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23902 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23904 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23906 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23907 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23908 To work around that, do:
23909 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23917 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23918 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23919 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23920 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23922 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23923 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23924 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23925 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23926 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23927 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23929 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23930 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23931 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23932 shell-specific features.
23934 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23935 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23936 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23938 \\[sh-case] case statement
23939 \\[sh-for] for loop
23940 \\[sh-function] function definition
23941 \\[sh-if] if statement
23942 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23943 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23944 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23945 \\[sh-select] select loop
23946 \\[sh-until] until loop
23947 \\[sh-while] while loop
23949 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23950 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23951 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23952 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23953 would indent to the way it currently is.
23954 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23955 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23958 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23959 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23960 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23961 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23962 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23963 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23965 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23967 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23969 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23970 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23971 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23973 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23974 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23978 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23982 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17842 54741))
23983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23985 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23986 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23987 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23988 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23989 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23990 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23992 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23996 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23997 ;;;;;; (17853 57352))
23998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24000 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24001 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24003 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24004 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24005 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24006 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24009 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24011 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24013 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24014 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24015 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24017 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24018 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24020 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24021 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24022 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24023 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24024 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24025 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24026 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24029 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24030 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24031 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24032 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24033 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24035 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24036 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24037 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24043 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24044 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17842
24046 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24048 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24049 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24050 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24051 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24052 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24053 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24058 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24059 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24060 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24061 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24062 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24066 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24067 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24068 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24069 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24070 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24071 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24072 `shadow-define-cluster').
24076 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24077 Set up file shadowing.
24083 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24084 ;;;;;; (17899 1575))
24085 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24087 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24088 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24089 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24090 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24091 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24094 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24096 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24097 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24098 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24099 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24100 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24101 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24102 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24103 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24104 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24105 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24106 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24107 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24108 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24109 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24111 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24112 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24113 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24114 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24115 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24116 `default-process-coding-system'.
24118 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24119 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24120 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24121 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24123 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24125 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24126 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24130 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24131 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17842 54741))
24132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24134 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24137 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24139 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24142 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24144 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24147 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24151 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24152 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
24153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24155 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24156 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24157 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24158 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24159 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24161 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17918 54827))
24168 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24169 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24173 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17842
24175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24177 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24178 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24179 \\{simula-mode-map}
24180 Variables controlling indentation style:
24181 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24182 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24183 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24184 `simula-indent-level'
24185 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24186 `simula-substatement-offset'
24187 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24188 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24189 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24190 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24191 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24192 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24193 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24194 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24195 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24196 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24197 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24198 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24199 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24200 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24201 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24202 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24203 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24204 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24205 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24206 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24207 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24208 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24209 or nil if they should not be changed.
24210 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24211 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24212 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24213 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24215 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24216 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24222 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24223 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17842 58278))
24224 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24226 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24227 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24229 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24230 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24231 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24232 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24234 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24236 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24238 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24239 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24240 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24241 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24242 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24244 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24245 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24247 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24249 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24250 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24252 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24253 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24254 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24255 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24257 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24258 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24259 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24260 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24262 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24263 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24264 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24266 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24267 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24269 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24270 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24272 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24273 _ interesting point, interregion here
24274 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24275 interesting point set by _
24276 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24277 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24278 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24279 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24280 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24281 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24284 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24285 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24287 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24288 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24289 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24290 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24291 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24292 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24293 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24294 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24296 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24297 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24298 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24299 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24300 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24303 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24304 then: insert previously read string once more
24305 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24306 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24307 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24309 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24310 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24312 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24314 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24315 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24317 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24318 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24319 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24320 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24321 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24324 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24325 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24326 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24332 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24333 ;;;;;; (17904 28230))
24334 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24336 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24337 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24338 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24341 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24343 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24344 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24345 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24351 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24352 ;;;;;; (17875 18370))
24353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24355 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24356 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24357 A list of images is returned.
24359 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24361 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24362 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24363 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24369 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24370 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17868 40628))
24371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24373 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24378 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24379 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24385 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17842 55395))
24386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24388 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24389 Play the Snake game.
24390 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24392 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24394 Snake mode keybindings:
24396 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24397 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24398 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24399 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24400 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24401 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24402 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24408 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24409 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
24410 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24412 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24413 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24414 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24415 Tab indents for C code.
24416 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24417 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24419 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24424 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24425 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24426 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24427 Tab indents for C code.
24428 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24429 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24431 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24432 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24438 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24439 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24440 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17916 11038))
24441 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24443 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24444 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24446 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24447 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24448 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24450 For example, the form
24452 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24453 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24455 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24457 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24459 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24460 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24462 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24463 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24464 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24467 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24469 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24471 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24472 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24474 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24475 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24476 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24479 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24481 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24483 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24484 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24485 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24488 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24490 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24492 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24493 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24494 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24496 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24497 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24499 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24503 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24504 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24505 Requires floating point.
24511 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17842
24513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24515 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24518 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24519 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24520 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24521 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24522 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24523 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24524 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24525 check after each move or undo)
24529 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24530 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24531 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24550 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24551 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24552 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24553 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24555 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24556 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24557 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24560 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24561 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24563 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24579 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24581 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24587 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24588 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24589 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17842 58278))
24590 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24592 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24593 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24595 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24596 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24597 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24598 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24601 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24602 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24603 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24606 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24607 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24609 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24610 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24611 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24612 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24615 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24616 It should move point to the end of the record.
24618 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24619 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24620 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24621 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24622 starts at the beginning of the record.
24624 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24625 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24628 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24629 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24631 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24633 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24634 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24635 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24636 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24637 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24640 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24642 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24643 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24644 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24645 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24646 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24649 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24651 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24652 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24653 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24654 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24655 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24658 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24660 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24661 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24662 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24663 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24664 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24665 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24666 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24667 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24668 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24670 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24672 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24673 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24674 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24675 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24676 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24677 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24678 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24681 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24683 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24684 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24685 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24686 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24687 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24688 is to be used for sorting.
24689 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24690 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24691 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24692 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24693 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24695 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24697 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24700 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24701 starting with the letter \"f\",
24702 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24704 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24706 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24707 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24708 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24709 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24710 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24711 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24712 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24715 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24716 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24717 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24718 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24719 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24721 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24723 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24724 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24725 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24727 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24731 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17842
24733 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24735 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24736 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24742 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24743 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24744 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17842 54741))
24745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24747 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24748 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24750 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24751 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24752 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24754 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24756 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24757 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24758 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24761 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24763 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24764 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24765 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24767 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24769 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24770 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24771 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24772 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24777 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24778 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24779 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24780 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24786 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24787 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17881 43027))
24788 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24790 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24792 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24793 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24794 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24795 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24796 supported at a time.
24797 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24798 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24802 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24803 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24804 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24805 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24811 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24812 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17842 58276))
24813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24815 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24817 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24818 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24819 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24820 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24821 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24822 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24826 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24827 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24828 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24829 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24833 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24834 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24835 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24836 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24837 for example, \"word\".
24839 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24841 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24842 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24844 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24848 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17842
24850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24852 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24853 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24857 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24858 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24864 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24865 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24866 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24867 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17842
24869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24871 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24872 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24874 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24875 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24876 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24877 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24878 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24879 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24880 of the current highlighting list.
24884 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24885 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24887 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24888 `_t' as data types.
24890 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24892 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24893 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24895 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24896 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24898 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24900 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24901 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24902 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24904 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24906 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24907 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24908 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24909 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24910 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24911 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24913 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24914 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24916 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24918 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24919 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24920 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24921 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24923 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24924 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24925 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24926 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24928 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24929 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24930 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24934 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24935 Major mode to edit SQL.
24937 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24938 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24939 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24942 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24944 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24945 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24946 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24947 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24948 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24949 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24951 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24952 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24954 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24955 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24956 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24958 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24960 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24964 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24965 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24967 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24968 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24971 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24973 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24975 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24976 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24978 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24979 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24982 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24983 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24984 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24985 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24987 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24988 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24990 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24991 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24992 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24993 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24994 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24995 `default-process-coding-system'.
24997 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25001 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25002 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25004 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25005 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25008 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25009 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25010 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25011 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25013 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25014 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25016 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25017 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25018 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25019 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25020 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25021 `default-process-coding-system'.
25023 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25027 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25028 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25030 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25031 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25034 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25035 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25037 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25038 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25040 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25041 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25042 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25043 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25044 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25045 `default-process-coding-system'.
25047 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25051 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25052 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25054 SQLite is free software.
25056 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25057 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25060 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25061 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25062 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25063 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25065 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25066 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25068 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25069 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25070 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25071 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25072 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25073 `default-process-coding-system'.
25075 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25079 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25080 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25082 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25084 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25085 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25088 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25089 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25090 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25091 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25093 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25094 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25096 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25097 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25098 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25099 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25100 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25101 `default-process-coding-system'.
25103 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25107 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25108 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25110 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25111 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25114 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25115 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25118 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25119 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25121 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25122 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25123 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25124 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25125 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25126 `default-process-coding-system'.
25128 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25132 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25133 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25135 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25136 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25139 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25140 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25142 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25143 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25145 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25146 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25147 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25148 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25149 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25150 `default-process-coding-system'.
25152 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25156 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25157 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25159 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25160 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25163 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25164 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25165 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25166 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25168 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25169 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25171 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25172 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25173 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25174 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25175 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25176 `default-process-coding-system'.
25178 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25182 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25183 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25185 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25186 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25189 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25190 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25191 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25192 `sql-postgres-options'.
25194 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25195 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25197 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25198 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25199 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25200 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25201 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25202 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25203 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25204 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25206 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25207 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25209 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25213 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25214 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25216 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25217 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25220 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25221 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25224 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25225 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25227 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25228 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25229 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25230 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25231 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25232 `default-process-coding-system'.
25234 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25238 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25239 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25241 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25242 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25245 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25248 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25249 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25251 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25252 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25253 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25254 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25256 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25257 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25258 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25259 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25260 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25261 `default-process-coding-system'.
25263 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25267 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25268 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25270 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25271 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25274 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25275 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25276 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25277 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25280 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25281 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25282 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25283 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25286 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25287 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25295 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25296 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25297 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25298 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25299 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17842
25301 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25303 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25304 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25305 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25306 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25307 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25308 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25310 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25312 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25314 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25315 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25316 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25317 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25318 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25319 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25320 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25322 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25324 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25325 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25326 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25327 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25328 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25329 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25330 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25332 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25334 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25335 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25336 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25338 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25340 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25341 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25342 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25344 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25346 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25347 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25349 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25351 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25352 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25356 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25357 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25361 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25362 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25363 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25364 chronologically by command name.
25365 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25367 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25369 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25370 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25371 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25373 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25374 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25376 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25378 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25379 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25380 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25381 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25382 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25383 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25384 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25386 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25387 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25388 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25389 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25391 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25395 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25396 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25397 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25398 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25400 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25402 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25403 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25409 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25410 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25411 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25413 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25414 Studlify-case the region.
25416 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25418 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25419 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25421 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25423 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25424 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25430 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17918 55391))
25431 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25433 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25434 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25435 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25436 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25437 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25438 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25440 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25441 is used instead of `load-path'.
25443 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25444 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25445 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25447 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25451 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25452 ;;;;;; (17854 7564))
25453 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25455 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25456 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25457 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25458 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25459 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25460 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25461 original message but it does require a few things:
25463 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25465 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25468 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25469 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25472 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25474 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25476 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25477 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25478 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25484 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17919 4935))
25485 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25487 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25488 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25489 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25491 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25492 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25494 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25496 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25497 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25498 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25500 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25506 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17842 58278))
25507 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25509 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25510 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25511 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25512 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25513 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25515 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25517 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25518 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25519 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25520 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25521 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25522 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25523 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25525 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25529 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25530 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25531 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25532 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25533 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25534 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25535 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25536 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25537 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25538 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25539 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25540 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25541 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17842 58276))
25542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25544 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25545 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25546 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25548 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25550 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25551 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25553 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25555 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25556 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25558 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25560 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25561 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25563 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25565 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25566 Insert an editable text table.
25567 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25568 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25569 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25570 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25571 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25572 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25577 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25579 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25584 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25585 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25586 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25587 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25590 +-----+-----+-----+
25592 +-----+-----+-----+
25594 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25596 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25597 width, which results as
25599 +--------------+-----+-----+
25601 +--------------+-----+-----+
25603 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25604 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25606 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25608 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25610 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25611 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25612 width information to `table-insert'.
25614 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25620 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25623 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25624 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25626 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25629 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25631 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25633 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25636 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25639 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25641 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25646 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25649 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25652 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25653 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25654 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25656 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25659 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25662 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25665 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25667 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25670 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25673 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25674 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25675 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25676 | | |expected results.-!- |
25677 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25680 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25682 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25686 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25688 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25689 Insert N table row(s).
25690 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25691 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25692 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25693 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25697 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25698 Insert N table column(s).
25699 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25700 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25701 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25702 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25706 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25707 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25708 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25710 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25712 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25713 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25714 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25715 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25716 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25717 all the table specific features.
25719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25721 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25726 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25727 Recognize all tables within region.
25728 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25729 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25730 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25733 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25735 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25738 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25740 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25741 Recognize a table at point.
25742 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25743 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25744 the table specific features.
25746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25748 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25753 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25754 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25755 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25756 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25757 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25758 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25759 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25761 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25763 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25768 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25769 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25770 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25771 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25772 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25773 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25776 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25778 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25779 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25780 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25781 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25782 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25783 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25784 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25789 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25790 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25791 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25792 table's rectangle structure.
25794 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25796 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25797 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25798 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25799 table's rectangle structure.
25803 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25804 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25805 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25806 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25807 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25809 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25811 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25812 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25813 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25815 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25816 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25817 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25818 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25819 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25820 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25821 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25823 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25824 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25825 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25826 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25827 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25828 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25829 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25831 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25832 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25833 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25834 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25835 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25836 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25837 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25838 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25840 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25842 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25843 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25844 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25845 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25849 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25850 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25851 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25853 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25855 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25856 Split current cell vertically.
25857 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25861 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25862 Split current cell horizontally.
25863 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25867 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25868 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25869 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25871 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25873 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25874 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25875 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25876 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25878 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25880 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25881 Justify cell contents.
25882 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25883 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25884 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25885 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25887 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25889 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25890 Justify cells of a row.
25891 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25892 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25894 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25896 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25897 Justify cells of a column.
25898 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25899 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25901 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25903 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25904 Toggle fixing width mode.
25905 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25906 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25907 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25911 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25912 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25913 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25914 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25915 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25916 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25917 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25918 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25919 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25920 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25921 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25923 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25925 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25926 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25927 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25928 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25929 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25930 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25931 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25932 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25933 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25934 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25935 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25936 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25939 References used for this implementation:
25945 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25947 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25948 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25949 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25951 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25953 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25954 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25955 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25956 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25957 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25958 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25959 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25960 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25961 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25962 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25963 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25964 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25965 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25966 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25967 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25968 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25969 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25974 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25975 (table-forward-cell 15)
25976 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25977 (table-forward-cell 16)
25978 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25979 (table-forward-cell 1)
25980 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25983 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25984 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25985 (table-forward-cell 1)
25986 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25988 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25990 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25991 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25992 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25993 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25994 consists from cells of same height.
25998 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25999 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26000 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26001 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26002 column must consists from cells of same width.
26006 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26007 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26008 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26009 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26010 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26011 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26012 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26013 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26014 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26015 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26016 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26017 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26018 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26019 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26020 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26029 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26030 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26031 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26034 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26036 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26038 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26040 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26044 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26045 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26046 of each row is optional.
26051 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26052 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26053 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26054 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26055 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26057 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26058 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26060 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26061 expression and raw delimiter regular
26062 expression, it parses the specified text
26063 area and extracts cell items from
26064 non-table text and then forms a table out
26067 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26068 creates a single cell table. The text in
26069 the specified region is placed in that
26072 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26075 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26076 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26077 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26079 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26080 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26081 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26082 | area and extracts cell items from |
26083 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26086 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26087 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26088 | the specified region is placed in that |
26090 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26092 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26093 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26096 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26097 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26098 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26099 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26100 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26101 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26102 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26103 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26104 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26106 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26107 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26108 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26109 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26111 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26113 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26114 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26115 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26117 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26119 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26120 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26121 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26122 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26123 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26129 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17842 58278))
26130 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26132 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26133 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26135 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26139 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17842 58278))
26140 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26142 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26143 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26144 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26145 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26146 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26147 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26148 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26150 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26151 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26152 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26153 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26155 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26162 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26163 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17842 56332))
26164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26166 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26167 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26168 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26169 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26170 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26171 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26173 Variables controlling indentation style:
26175 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26176 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26177 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26179 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26180 documentation for details):
26181 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26182 Controls action of TAB key.
26184 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26185 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26186 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26187 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26188 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26190 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26191 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26199 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26200 Run inferior Tcl process.
26201 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26202 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26206 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26207 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26208 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26210 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26214 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17842 55218))
26215 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26216 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26218 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26219 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26220 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26221 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26223 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26224 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26225 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26226 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26227 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26229 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26230 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26232 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26233 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26234 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26235 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26241 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17842
26243 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26245 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26246 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26247 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26248 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26249 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26250 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26252 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26254 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26255 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26256 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26257 commands to use in that buffer.
26259 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26261 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26263 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26264 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26266 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26270 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17842
26272 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26274 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26275 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26276 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26277 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26278 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26279 program as keyboard input.
26281 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26282 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26283 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26284 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26286 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26287 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26288 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26289 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26290 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26292 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26294 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26295 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26296 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26297 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26299 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26300 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26301 subprocess started.
26303 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26307 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26308 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
26309 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26311 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26312 Start coverage on function under point.
26318 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17897 26294))
26319 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26321 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26322 Play the Tetris game.
26323 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26324 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26325 as to form complete rows.
26327 tetris-mode keybindings:
26328 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26329 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26330 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26331 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26332 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26333 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26334 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26335 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26336 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26342 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26343 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26344 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26345 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26346 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26347 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26348 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26349 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
26350 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26352 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26353 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26355 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26357 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26358 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26359 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26360 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26361 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26363 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26365 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26366 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26367 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26368 if it matches the first line of the file,
26369 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26371 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26373 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26374 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26375 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26376 if the variable is non-nil.")
26378 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26380 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26381 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26383 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26385 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26386 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26387 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26388 See the documentation of that variable.")
26390 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26392 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26393 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26394 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26395 See the documentation of that variable.")
26397 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26399 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26400 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26401 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26402 See the documentation of that variable.")
26404 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26406 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26407 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26408 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26409 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26410 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26412 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26414 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26415 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26416 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26417 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26419 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26421 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26422 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26423 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26425 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26427 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26428 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26429 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26430 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26432 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26434 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26435 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26436 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26437 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26439 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26441 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26442 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26443 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26444 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26446 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26447 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26450 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26451 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26453 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26456 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26458 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26459 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26460 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26461 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26462 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26464 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26466 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26468 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26469 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26470 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26472 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26474 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26475 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26476 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26477 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26478 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26480 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26482 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26483 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26485 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26487 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26488 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26490 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26492 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26493 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26494 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26495 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26496 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26497 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26498 says which mode to use.
26502 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26504 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26506 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26508 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26509 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26510 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26511 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26512 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26514 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26515 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26516 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26517 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26518 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26519 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26520 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26522 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26523 mismatched $'s or braces.
26526 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26530 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26532 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26533 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26534 tex-dvi-print-command
26535 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26536 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26537 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26538 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26539 tex-dvi-view-command
26540 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26541 tex-show-queue-command
26542 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26543 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26545 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26546 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26547 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26551 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26552 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26553 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26554 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26555 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26557 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26558 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26559 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26560 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26561 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26562 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26563 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26565 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26566 mismatched $'s or braces.
26573 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26575 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26576 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26577 tex-dvi-print-command
26578 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26579 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26580 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26581 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26582 tex-dvi-view-command
26583 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26584 tex-show-queue-command
26585 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26586 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26588 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26589 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26590 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26594 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26595 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26596 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26597 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26598 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26600 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26601 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26602 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26603 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26604 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26605 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26606 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26608 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26609 mismatched $'s or braces.
26612 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26616 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26618 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26619 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26620 tex-dvi-print-command
26621 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26622 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26623 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26624 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26625 tex-dvi-view-command
26626 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26627 tex-show-queue-command
26628 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26629 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26631 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26632 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26633 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26634 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26638 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26643 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26644 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26650 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26651 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17842 58276))
26652 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26654 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26655 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26656 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26657 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26659 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26660 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26661 Info-split to do these manually.
26663 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26665 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26666 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26667 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26668 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26669 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26671 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26673 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26674 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26675 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26676 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26678 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26679 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26680 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26681 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26683 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26684 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26686 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26690 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26691 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17842 58276))
26692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26694 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26695 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26697 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26699 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26700 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26702 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26704 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26705 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26707 It has these extra commands:
26708 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26710 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26711 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26712 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26713 modified version of TeX input format.
26715 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26716 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26717 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26718 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26720 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26721 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26722 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26723 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26724 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26725 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26726 in the Texinfo file.
26728 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26729 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26730 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26731 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26732 move forward past the closing brace.
26734 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26735 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26737 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26738 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26739 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26741 Here are the functions:
26743 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26744 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26745 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26747 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26748 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26749 texinfo-master-menu
26751 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26753 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26754 which menu descriptions are indented.
26756 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26757 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26760 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26761 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26762 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26763 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26765 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26766 be the first node in the file.
26768 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26769 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26775 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26776 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26777 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26778 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
26779 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26781 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26782 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26783 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26784 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26786 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26788 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26789 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26791 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26793 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26794 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26798 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26801 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26803 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26804 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26805 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26806 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26809 The return value is number of composed characters.
26811 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26813 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26814 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26820 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26821 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26822 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17842 58278))
26823 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26825 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26826 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26828 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26830 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26831 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26832 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26833 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26834 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26836 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26837 a symbol as a valid THING.
26839 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26840 of the textual entity that was found.
26842 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26844 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26845 Return the THING at point.
26846 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26847 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26848 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26850 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26851 a symbol as a valid THING.
26853 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26855 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26860 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26865 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26870 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26877 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26878 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26879 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
26880 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26882 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26883 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26887 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26888 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26889 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26890 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26892 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26894 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26895 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26899 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26900 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26904 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26906 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26907 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26913 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26914 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26915 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26916 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26917 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26918 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17842 58278))
26919 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26921 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26922 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26923 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26927 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26928 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26930 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26932 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26933 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26934 The returned string has no composition information.
26936 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26938 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26939 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26941 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26943 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26944 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26946 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26948 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26949 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26950 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26951 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26953 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26955 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26956 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26957 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26958 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26960 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26962 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26965 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26967 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26968 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26969 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26973 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26974 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26975 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26979 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26982 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26984 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26987 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26989 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26992 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26996 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26997 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
26998 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27000 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27001 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27002 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27003 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27005 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27007 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27009 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27010 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27011 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27012 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27014 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27020 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27021 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17842 58278))
27022 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27024 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27025 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27027 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27029 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27030 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27031 This display updates automatically every minute.
27032 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27033 are displayed as well.
27034 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27038 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27039 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27040 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27042 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27043 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27045 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27047 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27048 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27049 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27051 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27052 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27053 are displayed as well.
27054 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27060 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27061 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27062 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27063 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17842
27065 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27067 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27068 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27070 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27072 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27073 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27074 You can use `float-time' instead.
27076 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27078 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27079 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27081 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27083 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27084 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27086 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27088 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27089 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27091 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27093 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27094 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27095 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27097 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27099 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27101 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27102 Subtract two time values.
27103 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27105 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27107 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27108 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27110 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27112 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27113 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27114 DATE should be a date-time string.
27116 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27118 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27119 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27120 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27122 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27124 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27125 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27127 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27129 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27130 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27132 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27134 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27135 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27136 TIME should be a time value.
27137 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27139 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27141 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27142 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27143 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27145 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27149 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27150 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17842 58278))
27151 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27152 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27153 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27154 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27155 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27156 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27157 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27158 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27160 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27161 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27162 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27163 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27164 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27165 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27166 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27167 look like one of the following:
27170 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27171 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27172 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27173 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27174 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27175 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27176 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27181 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27182 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27183 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27189 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27190 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27191 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27192 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27193 ;;;;;; (17842 53792))
27194 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27196 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27197 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27198 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27199 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27200 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27201 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27202 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27203 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27204 display (non-nil means on).
27206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27208 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27209 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27210 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27211 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27212 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27213 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27214 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27215 this function is called within a day.
27217 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27218 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27219 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27220 discover the name of the project.
27222 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27224 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27225 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27226 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27227 begun during the last time segment.
27229 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27230 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27231 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27232 discover the reason.
27234 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27236 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27237 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27238 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27239 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27240 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27242 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27244 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27245 Change to working on a different project.
27246 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27247 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27248 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27251 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27253 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27254 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27255 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27259 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27260 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27261 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27265 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27266 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27267 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27268 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27269 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27270 \"relative to today\".
27272 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27274 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27275 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27276 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27277 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27279 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27281 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27282 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27283 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27284 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27285 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27286 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27288 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27292 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27293 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27294 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17842 54152))
27295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27297 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27299 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27300 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27302 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27304 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27305 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27306 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27307 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27309 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27311 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27312 Perform an action at time TIME.
27313 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27314 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27315 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27316 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27317 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27318 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27320 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27322 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27324 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27325 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27326 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27327 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27328 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27330 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27332 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27334 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27335 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27336 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27337 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27339 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27341 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27342 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27343 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27344 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27345 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27346 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27347 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27349 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27350 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27352 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27354 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27355 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27357 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27358 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27359 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27360 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27361 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27362 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27365 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27369 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27370 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17870 32853))
27371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27373 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27374 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27375 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27376 the generated Quail package is saved.
27378 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27380 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27381 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27382 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27383 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27384 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27385 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27386 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27388 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27392 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27393 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17842
27395 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27397 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27402 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27405 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27407 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27408 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27409 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27412 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27416 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27417 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17842 58278))
27418 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27419 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27420 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27421 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27423 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27424 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27425 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27426 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27427 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27429 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27431 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27432 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27433 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27434 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27435 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27437 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27439 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27440 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27441 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27442 in the menu in two ways:
27443 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27444 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27445 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27447 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27448 keymap or an alist of alists.
27449 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27450 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27452 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27456 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27457 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27458 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17842 53792))
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27461 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27462 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27466 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27467 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27469 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27471 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27472 Insert new TODO list entry.
27473 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27478 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27479 List top priorities for each category.
27481 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27482 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27484 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27485 between each category.
27487 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27489 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27490 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27491 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27492 between each category.
27494 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27496 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27498 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27499 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27505 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27506 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27510 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27517 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27518 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27519 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
27520 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27522 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27524 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27525 Add an item to the tool bar.
27526 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27527 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27528 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27529 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27531 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27532 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27533 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27534 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27536 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27537 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27539 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27541 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27542 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27543 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27544 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27545 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27546 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27548 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27549 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27550 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27551 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27553 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27555 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27556 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27557 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27558 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27559 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27560 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27561 properties to add to the binding.
27563 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27565 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27566 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27568 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27570 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27571 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27572 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27573 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27574 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27575 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27576 properties to add to the binding.
27578 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27581 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27585 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27586 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
27587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27589 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27590 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27591 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27594 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27596 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27598 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27603 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27605 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27606 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27612 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27613 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17842 54264))
27614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27616 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27617 Set scroll margins.
27619 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27621 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27622 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27626 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27627 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27633 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17842 54152))
27634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27636 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27637 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27638 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27639 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27640 to a tcp server on another machine.
27642 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27646 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27647 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17842 54152))
27648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27650 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27651 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27653 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27655 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27656 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27657 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27658 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27659 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27660 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27661 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27662 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27664 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27666 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27667 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27668 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27669 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27670 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27671 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27672 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27673 the window or buffer configuration.
27675 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27677 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27681 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27682 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27683 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27684 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17899 48055))
27685 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27687 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27688 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27689 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27691 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27692 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27693 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27694 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27696 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27697 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27698 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27699 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27701 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27702 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27703 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27704 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27705 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27706 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27707 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27708 files which are not really tramp files.
27710 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27711 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27712 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27713 updated after changing this variable.
27715 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27717 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27719 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27720 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27721 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27722 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27724 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27725 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27726 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27727 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27729 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27730 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27731 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27733 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27734 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27735 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27736 updated after changing this variable.
27738 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27740 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27742 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27743 Alist of completion handler functions.
27744 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27745 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27746 normal Emacs functions.")
27748 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27749 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27750 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27751 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27753 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27754 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27755 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27756 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27758 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27759 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27760 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27762 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27764 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27765 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27766 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27768 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27769 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27772 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27774 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27779 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27780 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27782 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27784 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27785 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27787 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27789 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27790 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27796 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27797 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
27798 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27800 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27807 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27808 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27809 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27810 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27811 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27812 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17842
27814 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27816 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27817 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27821 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27822 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27824 Convenience command that:
27826 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27827 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27828 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27830 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27831 image files in dired and type
27832 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27834 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27836 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27837 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27839 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27841 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27842 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27843 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27844 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27845 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27848 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27849 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27850 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27852 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27853 instead of erasing it first.
27855 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27856 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27857 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27858 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27859 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27860 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27862 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27864 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27865 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27866 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27867 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27872 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27874 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27875 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27879 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27880 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27881 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27885 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27886 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27890 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27891 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27892 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27893 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27897 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27898 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27902 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27903 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27907 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27908 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27912 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27913 Display current image file.
27914 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27915 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27919 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27920 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27924 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27925 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27926 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27927 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27928 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27929 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27930 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27934 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27935 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27936 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27943 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17892
27945 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27947 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27948 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27949 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27950 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27951 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27952 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27953 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27954 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27956 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27957 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27958 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27960 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27961 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27964 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27968 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27969 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17842 58276))
27970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27971 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27972 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27973 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27975 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27976 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27977 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27978 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27979 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27980 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27981 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27983 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27985 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27986 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27987 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27988 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27990 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27994 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27995 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27996 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27997 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27998 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27999 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28000 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28002 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28003 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28005 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28008 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28010 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28016 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28017 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28018 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28019 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28020 ;;;;;; (17908 29123))
28021 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28023 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28024 Toggle typing break mode.
28025 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28027 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28029 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28031 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28032 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28034 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28036 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28037 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28039 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28040 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28041 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28043 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28044 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28046 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28048 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28049 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28051 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28052 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28053 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28054 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28056 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28058 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28059 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28060 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28062 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28063 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28064 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28065 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28066 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28067 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28069 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28070 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28071 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28072 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28074 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28075 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28077 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28078 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28080 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28082 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28083 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28084 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28086 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28087 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28088 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28089 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28090 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28091 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28092 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28094 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28095 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28097 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28098 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28099 reset the keystroke counter.
28101 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28102 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28103 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28104 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28106 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28107 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28108 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28109 `type-break-schedule' command.
28111 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28112 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28113 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28114 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28115 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28116 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28117 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28118 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28119 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28121 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28122 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28123 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28124 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28125 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28127 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28128 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28129 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28130 approximate good values for this.
28132 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28133 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28135 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28136 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28137 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28138 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28139 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28140 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28142 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28143 a typing break occur. They include:
28145 `type-break-query-mode'
28146 `type-break-query-function'
28147 `type-break-query-interval'
28149 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28151 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28152 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28153 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28156 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28158 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28159 Take a typing break.
28161 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28162 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28164 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28165 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28169 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28170 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28171 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28172 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28176 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28177 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28179 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28180 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28181 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28182 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28183 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28184 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28185 average typing speed.)
28187 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28188 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28189 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28190 the computed maximum threshold.
28192 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28193 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28194 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28195 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28196 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28198 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28202 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28203 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17842 58276))
28204 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28206 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28207 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28208 Works by overstriking underscores.
28209 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28210 which specify the range to operate on.
28212 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28214 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28215 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28216 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28217 which specify the range to operate on.
28219 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28223 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28224 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17842 55035))
28225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28227 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28228 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28229 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28233 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28234 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28235 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28236 following the containing message.
28242 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28243 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28246 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28247 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28248 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28249 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28250 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28251 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28255 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28256 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28258 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28262 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17842
28264 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28266 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28267 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28268 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28269 of symbols with local bindings.
28271 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28275 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28276 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17842 56569))
28277 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28279 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28280 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28281 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28283 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28284 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28285 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28286 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28287 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28288 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28290 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28291 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28292 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28294 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28295 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28296 the callback is not called).
28298 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28299 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28300 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28303 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28305 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28306 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28307 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28308 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28309 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28311 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28315 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28316 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10173))
28317 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28319 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28320 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28321 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28323 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28324 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28325 `url-generic-parse-url'
28326 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28327 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28328 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28330 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28331 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28332 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28333 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28334 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28335 what type of auth to use
28336 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28337 if one cannot be found in the cache
28339 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28341 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28342 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28344 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28345 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28346 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28347 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28348 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28349 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28350 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28351 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28353 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28357 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28358 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17842
28360 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28362 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28363 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28365 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28367 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28368 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28370 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28372 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28373 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28375 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28377 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28378 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28380 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28384 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17842 56569))
28385 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28387 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28390 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28394 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28395 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17842 56569))
28396 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28398 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28401 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28403 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28406 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28410 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17842
28412 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28414 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28415 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28417 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28421 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28422 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17842 56569))
28423 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28425 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28426 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28430 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28431 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28432 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28433 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28434 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28436 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28440 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28441 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17842
28443 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28445 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28446 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28447 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28448 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28449 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28450 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28452 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28454 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28455 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28459 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28460 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28461 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28462 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28463 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28464 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28465 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28466 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28467 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28469 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28471 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28472 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28473 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28476 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28478 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28481 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28485 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28486 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17861 9963))
28487 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28489 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28490 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28491 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28492 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28493 CBARGS as the arguments.
28495 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28497 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28500 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28502 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28504 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28507 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28509 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28510 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28511 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28513 Property list members:
28516 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28520 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28524 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28527 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28530 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28531 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28532 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28535 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28537 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28538 Default HTTPS port.")
28540 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28541 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28543 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28544 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28545 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28546 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28547 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28551 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17842 56569))
28552 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28554 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28557 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28561 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17842
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28565 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28566 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28567 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28568 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28569 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28571 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28575 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28576 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28577 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28579 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28582 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28584 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28585 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28587 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28591 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28592 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17842 56569))
28593 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28595 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28596 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28598 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28600 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28601 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28603 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28605 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28608 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28610 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28612 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28614 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28616 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28617 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28619 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28623 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28624 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28625 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28627 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28630 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28632 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28635 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28639 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28640 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28641 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28644 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28647 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28649 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28652 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28654 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28657 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28659 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28662 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28664 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28667 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28669 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28672 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28674 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28677 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28681 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28682 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17842 56569))
28683 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28685 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28686 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28688 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28690 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28691 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28693 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28695 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28699 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28700 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28701 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28703 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28704 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28710 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28711 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28712 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28713 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28714 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28715 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28716 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28717 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28719 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28720 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28721 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28723 If t, all messages will be logged.
28724 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28725 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28727 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28729 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28732 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28734 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28737 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28739 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28740 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28741 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28742 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28743 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28749 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28751 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28752 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28753 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28755 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28757 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28758 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28759 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28761 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28763 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28764 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28766 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28768 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28769 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28773 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28774 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28778 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28783 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28786 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28788 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28791 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28793 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28794 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28796 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28798 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28801 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28803 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28804 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28805 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28806 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28807 forbidden in URL encoding.
28809 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28811 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28812 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28813 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28814 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28815 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28816 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28818 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28820 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28821 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28822 If optional variable X is t,
28823 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28825 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28827 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28828 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28829 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28831 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28833 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28834 View the current document's URL.
28835 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28838 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28840 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28844 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28845 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17842 58278))
28846 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28848 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28849 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28850 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28851 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28852 to refrain from editing the file
28853 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28854 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28855 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28856 in any way you like.
28858 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28860 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28861 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28862 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28863 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28864 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28866 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28867 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17842 54888))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28875 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28879 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28880 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28881 ;;;;;; (17855 50203))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28884 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28885 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28886 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28887 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28889 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28891 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28892 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28893 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28895 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28897 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28898 Uudecode region between START and END.
28899 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28901 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28905 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28906 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28907 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28908 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28909 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28910 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28911 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17842 58278))
28912 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28914 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28915 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28918 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28920 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28921 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28922 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28924 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28926 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28927 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28930 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28932 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28933 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28935 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28937 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28938 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28940 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28942 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28943 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28944 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28945 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28946 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28947 somebody else, signal error.
28949 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28951 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28952 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28953 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28954 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28955 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28957 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28959 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28960 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28961 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28962 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28963 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28964 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28965 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28966 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28967 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28968 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28969 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28970 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28972 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28974 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28975 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28977 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28978 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28980 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28981 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28982 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28983 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28984 lock steals will raise an error.
28986 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28988 For RCS and SCCS files:
28989 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28991 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28992 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28993 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28994 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28995 it performs a revert.
28996 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28997 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28998 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28999 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29000 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29001 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29002 the option to steal the lock.
29005 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29006 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29007 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29008 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29009 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29010 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29011 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29012 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29013 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29015 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29017 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29018 Register the current file into a version control system.
29019 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29020 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29022 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29023 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29024 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29025 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29026 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29027 first backend that could register the file is used.
29029 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29031 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29032 Display diffs between file versions.
29033 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29034 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29035 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29036 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29037 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29040 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29042 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29043 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29044 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29045 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29049 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29050 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29051 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29052 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29056 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29057 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29058 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29059 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29060 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29061 from the current branch.
29063 See Info node `Merging'.
29067 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29069 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29070 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29072 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29074 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29075 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29077 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29079 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29080 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29081 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29082 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29083 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29084 are checked out in that new branch.
29086 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29088 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29089 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29090 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29091 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29092 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29093 allowed and simply skipped).
29095 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29097 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29098 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29099 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29101 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29103 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29104 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29105 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29106 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29107 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29111 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29112 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29113 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29114 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29115 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29116 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29120 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29121 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29122 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29124 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29126 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29127 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29128 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29129 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29130 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29131 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29132 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29134 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29136 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29137 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29138 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29139 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29140 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29141 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29142 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29143 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29144 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29146 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29148 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29149 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29151 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29153 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29154 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29155 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29158 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29160 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29161 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29162 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29164 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29165 log entries should be gathered.
29167 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29169 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29170 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29172 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29173 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29174 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29175 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29176 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29177 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29179 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29180 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29181 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29182 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29183 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29184 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29185 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29186 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29188 Customization variables:
29190 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29191 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29192 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29193 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29195 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17852 19270))
29200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29201 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29202 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29205 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17842 58278))
29210 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29211 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29212 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29213 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29215 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17842 58278))
29220 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29221 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29222 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29225 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29229 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29230 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
29231 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29233 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29234 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29235 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29237 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29238 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29242 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29243 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
29244 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29246 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29247 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29248 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29250 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29251 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29253 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29254 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29255 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29256 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17881 64914))
29261 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29262 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29263 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29264 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29267 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29268 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29269 (file-name-directory f)))
29271 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29273 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29277 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29278 ;;;;;; (17854 10062))
29279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29281 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29282 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29287 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29288 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29289 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29290 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29291 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29292 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29293 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29294 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29295 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29297 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29298 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29299 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29300 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29302 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29303 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29304 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29305 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29306 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29308 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29309 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29313 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29314 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29315 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29319 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29320 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29321 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29322 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29324 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29325 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29326 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29327 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29328 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29332 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29333 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29334 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29335 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29337 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29338 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29339 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29340 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29341 beginning with \"std\").
29343 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29344 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29345 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29350 `--' puts a single comment.
29351 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29352 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29353 with a comment in between.
29354 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29355 out following lines.
29356 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29357 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29359 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29360 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29361 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29362 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29363 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29366 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29367 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29368 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29369 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29370 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29371 multi-line comments.
29375 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29376 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29377 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29378 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29380 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29381 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29382 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29383 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29385 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29386 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29389 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29390 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29394 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29395 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29396 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29397 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29398 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29399 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29400 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29401 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29403 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29404 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29405 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29406 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29407 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29410 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29411 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29412 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29414 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29415 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29419 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29420 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29421 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29422 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29423 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29424 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29427 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29428 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29429 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29430 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29433 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29437 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29438 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29439 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29440 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29441 internal signal initializations (menu).
29443 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29444 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29445 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29447 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29448 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29449 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29450 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29451 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29452 in subsequent paste operations.)
29454 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29455 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29456 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29459 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29460 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29461 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29462 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29463 association list with formals).
29466 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29467 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29468 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29469 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29470 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29471 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29472 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29473 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29478 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29482 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29486 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29487 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29488 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29490 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29491 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29494 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29495 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29496 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29497 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29499 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29500 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29501 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29503 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29504 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29505 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29506 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29508 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29509 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29510 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29511 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29512 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29514 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29515 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29516 required by secondary units.
29519 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29520 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29521 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29522 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29523 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29524 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29525 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29526 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29527 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29528 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29529 inputs to this component -> input port created
29530 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29531 outputs from this component -> output port created
29532 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29533 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29535 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29536 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29537 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29538 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29539 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29541 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29542 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29544 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29545 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29546 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29547 component instantiation is also supported (option
29548 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29550 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29551 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29552 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29553 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29554 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29555 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29556 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29557 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29558 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29559 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29560 | generating the configuration.
29562 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29563 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29564 | configurations in speedbar.
29566 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29569 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29570 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29571 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29572 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29573 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29574 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29575 information. New compilers can be added.
29577 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29578 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29581 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29582 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29583 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29584 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29585 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29587 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29590 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29591 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29592 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29594 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29595 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29596 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29597 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29598 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29599 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29600 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29603 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29604 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29605 not (yet) supported.
29606 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29607 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29608 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29612 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29613 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29614 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29615 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29616 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29617 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29618 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29619 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29621 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29622 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29623 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29624 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29625 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29626 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29627 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29628 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29629 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29630 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29631 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29635 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29636 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29637 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29638 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29639 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29640 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29641 current directory for VHDL source files.
29645 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29646 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29650 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29651 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29652 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29653 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29654 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29655 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29656 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29657 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29660 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29661 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29662 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29663 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29664 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29665 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29666 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29668 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29669 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29670 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29671 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29672 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29673 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29675 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29676 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29677 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29678 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29679 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29682 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29683 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29684 highlighted if written in lower case.
29686 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29687 highlighted using a different background color if option
29688 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29690 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29691 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29692 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29693 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29694 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29698 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29699 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29700 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29704 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29705 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29706 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29707 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29708 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29712 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29713 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29715 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29716 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29717 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29718 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29719 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29720 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29721 (used to obtain the port names).
29725 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29726 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29730 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29731 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29732 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29733 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29734 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29735 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29736 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29741 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29742 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29743 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29744 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29745 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29747 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29748 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29749 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29750 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29751 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29754 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29755 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29759 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29760 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29761 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29763 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29767 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29768 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29770 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29772 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29774 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29778 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29784 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29785 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29787 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29789 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29790 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29791 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29792 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29794 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29795 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29796 where the latest version can be found.
29802 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29803 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29804 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29807 The VHDL Mode Authors
29808 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29819 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17788 40208))
29820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29822 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29823 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29824 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29825 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29827 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29828 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29829 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29830 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29831 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29833 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29834 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29836 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29838 * Limitations and unsupported features
29839 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29841 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29842 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29845 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29846 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29847 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29848 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29849 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29850 for undoing a repeated change command.
29851 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29852 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29853 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29856 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29857 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29858 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29859 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29860 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29861 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29862 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29863 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29865 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29871 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29872 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29873 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29874 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17842 58278))
29875 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29877 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29878 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29880 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29882 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29883 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29884 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29885 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29887 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29889 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29890 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29894 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29895 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29896 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29897 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29899 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29901 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29902 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29906 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29909 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29911 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29914 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29918 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29919 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29920 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17842
29922 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29924 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29925 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29926 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29927 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29929 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29931 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29932 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29933 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29934 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29935 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29936 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29937 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29939 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29943 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29944 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29945 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29946 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29947 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29948 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29949 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29950 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29952 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29956 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29957 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29958 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29959 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29960 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29961 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29962 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29963 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29965 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29969 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29970 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29971 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29972 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29973 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29974 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29975 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29977 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29979 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29980 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29981 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29983 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29985 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29986 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29987 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29988 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29989 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29990 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29991 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29992 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29994 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29996 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29997 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29998 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30000 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30002 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30003 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30004 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30005 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30006 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30007 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30008 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30009 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30011 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30013 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30014 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30015 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30017 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30019 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30020 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30021 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30023 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30024 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30025 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30028 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30029 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30030 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30031 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30032 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30034 H, h, ? This message.
30035 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30036 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30037 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30038 > move to the end of buffer.
30039 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30040 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30041 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30042 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30043 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30044 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30045 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30046 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30047 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30048 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30049 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30050 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30051 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30052 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30053 Use this to view a changing file.
30054 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30055 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30056 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30058 x exchanges point and mark.
30059 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30060 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30061 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30062 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30063 ' go to position saved in character register.
30064 s do forward incremental search.
30065 r do reverse incremental search.
30066 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30067 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30068 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30069 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30070 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30071 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30072 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30073 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30074 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30075 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30076 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30077 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30078 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30079 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30080 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30081 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30082 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30084 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30085 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30086 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30087 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30088 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30089 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30090 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30091 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30092 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30094 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30098 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30099 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30100 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30101 `view-return-to-alist'.
30102 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30103 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30104 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30106 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30107 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30108 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30109 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30110 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30112 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30113 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30114 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30115 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30117 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30119 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30121 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30123 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30124 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30130 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17842
30132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30134 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30135 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30139 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30140 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30146 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30147 ;;;;;; (17916 19885))
30148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30150 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30151 Toggle Viper on/off.
30152 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30156 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30157 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30163 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30164 ;;;;;; (17842 54151))
30165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30167 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30168 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30169 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30170 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30171 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30172 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30173 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30174 the beginning of the warning.")
30176 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30177 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30178 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30179 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30180 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30181 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30182 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30183 also call that function before the next warning.")
30185 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30186 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30188 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30189 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30190 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30191 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30193 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30194 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30195 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30196 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30197 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30198 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30200 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30201 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30202 Default is :warning.
30204 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30205 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30206 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30207 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30208 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30209 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30211 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30212 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30214 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30216 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30217 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30219 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30221 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30222 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30223 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30224 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30226 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30227 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30228 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30229 can be whatever you like.)
30231 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30232 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30234 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30235 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30236 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30237 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30238 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30240 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30242 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30243 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30244 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30245 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30246 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30248 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30252 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30253 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30254 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30256 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30257 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30258 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30259 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30260 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30269 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17842 55218))
30270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30272 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30273 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30275 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30278 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30285 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30286 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
30287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30288 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30289 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30291 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30293 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30294 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30295 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30298 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30300 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30302 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30303 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30304 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30305 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30307 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30314 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30315 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30316 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30317 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30318 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30319 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30320 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30322 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30323 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30327 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30328 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30332 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30333 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30337 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30338 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30342 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30343 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30347 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30348 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30350 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30351 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30352 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30353 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30354 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30356 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30358 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30359 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30361 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30363 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30364 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30368 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30369 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30370 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30371 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30372 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30376 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30377 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30381 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30383 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30384 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30385 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30387 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30388 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30390 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30392 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30393 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30394 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30396 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30397 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30401 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30402 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30403 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30409 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30410 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17842 58278))
30411 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30413 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30414 Browse the widget under point.
30418 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30419 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30421 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30423 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30424 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30426 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30428 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30429 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30430 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30436 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30437 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17884
30439 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30441 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30442 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30444 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30446 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30447 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30448 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30450 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30452 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30453 Create widget of TYPE.
30454 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30456 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30458 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30461 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30463 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30464 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30466 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30468 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30470 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30471 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30472 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30474 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30475 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30481 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30482 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17842
30484 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30486 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30487 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30488 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30489 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30490 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30491 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30492 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30496 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30497 Select the window above the current one.
30498 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30499 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30500 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30501 negative ARG) of the current window.
30502 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30506 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30507 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30508 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30509 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30510 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30511 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30512 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30516 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30517 Select the window below the current one.
30518 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30519 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30520 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30521 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30522 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30526 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30527 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30528 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30529 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30531 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30535 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30536 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30537 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30539 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30540 Toggle Winner mode.
30541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30542 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30544 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30546 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30547 Toggle Winner mode.
30548 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30554 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30555 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17916 11282))
30556 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30558 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30559 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30560 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30561 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30562 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30563 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30564 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30565 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30567 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30568 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30570 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30572 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30573 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30577 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30578 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30579 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30580 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30581 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30582 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30583 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30584 `woman' command for further details.
30586 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30590 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30591 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
30592 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30594 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30595 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30598 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30599 are not implemented
30600 - Options for search and replace
30601 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30602 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30604 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30607 The key bindings are:
30617 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30619 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30620 C-l ws-repeat-search
30623 C-r scroll-down-line
30630 C-y kill-complete-line
30633 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30634 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30635 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30636 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30637 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30638 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30639 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30640 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30641 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30642 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30643 C-k b ws-begin-block
30644 C-k c ws-copy-block
30645 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30647 C-k h ws-show-markers
30648 C-k i ws-indent-block
30650 C-k p ws-print-block
30653 C-k s save-some-buffers
30655 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30656 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30657 C-k v ws-move-block
30658 C-k w ws-write-block
30660 C-k y ws-delete-block
30662 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30663 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30664 C-o j justify-current-line
30667 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30668 C-o r set-fill-column
30669 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30670 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30671 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30672 C-o wo other-window
30673 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30675 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30676 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30677 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30678 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30679 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30680 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30681 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30682 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30683 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30684 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30685 C-q a ws-query-replace
30686 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30687 C-q c end-of-buffer
30690 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30692 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30693 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30694 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30695 C-q w ws-last-error
30697 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30703 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30704 ;;;;;; (17916 14776))
30705 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30707 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30708 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30709 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30710 Returns the top node with all its children.
30711 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30712 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30714 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30716 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30717 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30718 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30719 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30720 is not well-formed XML.
30721 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30722 and returned as the first element of the list.
30723 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30725 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30729 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17842
30731 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30733 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30734 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30735 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30737 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30738 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30740 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30742 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30743 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30744 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30746 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30747 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30748 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30749 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30750 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30751 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30757 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30758 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17842 54741))
30759 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30761 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30762 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30764 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30766 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30767 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30773 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30774 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17842 55395))
30775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30777 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30778 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30780 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30782 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30783 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30785 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30787 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30788 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30789 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30791 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30793 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30794 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30800 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17842 55395))
30801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30803 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30804 Zone out, completely.
30810 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30837 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30838 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30839 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30840 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30841 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30842 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30843 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30844 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30845 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30846 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30847 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30848 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30849 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30850 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30851 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30852 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30853 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30854 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30855 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30856 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30857 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30902 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30903 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30904 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30905 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30906 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30907 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30908 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30909 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30910 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30911 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30912 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30913 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30914 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30915 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30916 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30917 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30918 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30919 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30920 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30921 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30922 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30923 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30924 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30925 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30926 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30927 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30928 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30929 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30930 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30931 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30932 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30933 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30934 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30935 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30936 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30937 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30938 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30939 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30940 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17919 12178 847464))
30944 ;; Local Variables:
30945 ;; version-control: never
30946 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30947 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30949 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here